Acura 2018 MDX Owner's Manual 699 Pages Pagine ページ
advertisement annuncio pubblicitario 広告
Ask Al about Acura 2018 MDX Owner's Manual
Chatbot has read manual and is ready to answer your questions.
▼
Scroll to page 2
of
699
2018 OWNER’S MANUAL 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 0 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 3 WARNING California Proposition 65 Warning Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle. Event Data Recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: • How various systems in your vehicle were operating; • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner. Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is uploaded to Acura upon vehicle start up. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 1 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/ To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others. As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment. Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment. Software End User License Agreement You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including: Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services, functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement. You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop 100-5E-8F, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746. Privacy Notice This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices. A Few Words About Safety Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility. ● Safety Labels - on the vehicle. ● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean: 3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don’t follow instructions. 3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don’t follow instructions. 3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow instructions. ● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. ● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. ● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely. This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 2 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Contents This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold. This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model. Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features. This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada. The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation. 2 Safe Driving P. 27 For Safe Driving P. 28 Seat Belts P. 33 Airbags P. 41 2 Instrument Panel P. 77 Indicators P. 78 Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID) P. 119 2 Controls P. 137 Clock P. 138 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 139 Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 168 Adjusting the Seats P. 192 2 Features P. 231 Audio System P. 232 Audio System Basic Operation P. 239 Rear Entertainment System (RES) * P. 335 Customized Features P. 358 Compass * P. 443 2 Driving P. 445 Before Driving P. 446 Parking Your Vehicle P. 545 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 571 Towing a Trailer P. 452 Multi-View Rear Camera * P. 556 2 Maintenance P. 573 Before Performing Maintenance P. 574 Maintenance MinderTM P. 577 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 598 Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care * P. 615 2 Handling the Unexpected P. 625 Tools P. 626 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 653 When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 668 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 627 Fuses P. 658 Refueling P. 669 2 Information P. 671 Specifications P. 672 Emissions Testing P. 678 Identification Numbers P. 674 Warranty Coverages P. 680 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 3 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Contents Quick Reference Guide Child Safety P. 56 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 74 Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 155 Security System P. 163 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 169 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 206 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 166 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 189 Climate Control System P. 219 Audio Error Messages P. 308 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 390 General Information on the Audio System P. 316 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 393 AcuraLink® * P. 435 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 463 Surround View Camera System * P. 558 When Driving P. 465 Refueling P. 568 Maintenance Under the Hood P. 581 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 602 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 617 Engine Does Not Start P. 646 Emergency Towing P. 666 Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 675 Authorized Manuals P. 682 Braking P. 528 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 593 Battery P. 611 Remote Transmitter Care P. 613 Cleaning P. 618 Accessories and Modifications P. 623 Jump Starting P. 649 Overheating P. 651 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 667 Reporting Safety Defects P. 677 Client Service Information P. 683 P. 4 Safety Labels P. 75 Safe Driving P. 27 Instrument Panel P. 77 Controls P. 137 Features P. 231 Driving P. 445 Maintenance P. 573 Handling the Unexpected P. 625 Information P. 671 Index P. 687 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 4 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Quick Reference Guide Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ ❙ System Indicators (P78) ❙ Gauges (P119) ❙ Multi-Information Display (MID) (P120) (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P518) ❙ Parking Sensor System Button * (P548) ❙ Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button (P539) ❙ Headlight Washer Button * (P183) ❙ Heated Windshield Button * (P185) ❙ Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button (P506) ❙ Automatic Brake Hold Button (P532) ❙ Electric Parking Brake Switch (P528) ❙ Information Screen (P244) ❙ Navigation System * () See the Navigation System Manual ❙ Hazard Warning Button ❙ On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM (P240) ❙ Audio System (P232) ❙ Climate Control System (P219) ❙ Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button (P185) ❙ (Surround View Camera) Button * (P559) ❙ ENGINE START/STOP Button (P169) ❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P188) 4 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 5 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 ❙ Audio Remote Controls (P237) ❙ Brightness Control (P184) ❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P479) ❙ Wipers/Washers (P180) Quick Reference Guide ❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P172, 173) ❙ Fog Lights * (P176) ❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P479) ❙ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons (P489) ❙ Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls (P120) ❙ TRIP Button (P121) ❙ Interval Button (P498) ❙ Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button (P511) ❙ Horn (Press an area around .) ❙ Heated Steering Wheel Button * (P216) ❙ Voice Control Buttons * (P251) ❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice Control Buttons (P393) * Not available on all models 5 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 6 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ Power Window Switches (P166) ❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch (P153) ❙ Door Mirror Controls (P190) ❙ Memory Buttons (P187) ❙ SET Button (P187) ❙ Power Tailgate Button (P158) ❙ Fuel Fill Door Release Button (P569) ❙ Rearview Mirror (P189) ❙ Driver’s Front Airbag (P44) ❙ Auto Idle Stop OFF Button * (P481) ❙ Dynamic Mode Button (P486) ❙ Passenger’s Front Airbag (P44) ❙ Shift Button Electronic Gear Selector (P472) ❙ Glove Box (P208) ❙ Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse Box (P663) ❙ Hood Release Handle (P582) ❙ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box (P661) ❙ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box * (P662) 6 ❙ Accessory Power Socket (P213) ❙ Accessory Power Socket * (P213) ❙ Auxiliary Input Jack (P236) ❙ USB Ports (P233) ❙ AC Power Outlet * (P214) ❙ Driver’s Knee Airbag (P48) 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 7 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 ❙ Seat Belts (P36) ❙ Sun Visors ❙ Vanity Mirrors ❙ Moonroof Switch (P168) ❙ Map Lights (P207) ❙ Sunglasses Holder (P216) ❙ Side Airbags (P50) Quick Reference Guide ❙ Accessory Power Socket (P214) ❙ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor * (P38) ❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P52) ❙ Grab Handle ❙ Coat Hook (P215) ❙ Rear Entertainment System * (P335) ❙ Front Seat (P192) ❙ USB Ports * (P234)/HDMITM Port * (P337) ❙ Second Row Seat (P194) Models with rear console compartment ❙ USB Ports * (P235) ❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P66) ❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P66) ❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P61) ❙ Third Row Seat (P203) ❙ Cargo Area Light (P207) * Not available on all models 7 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 8 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Visual Index Quick Reference Guide ❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P581) ❙ Windshield Wipers (P180, 598) ❙ Power Door Mirrors (P190) ❙ Side Turn Signal Lights (P172, 593) ❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P142) ❙ Headlights (P173, 593) ❙ Side Marker Lights (P173, 593) ❙ Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights (P172, 593) ❙ Tires (P602, 627) ❙ Fog Lights * (P176, 593) ❙ How to Refuel (P569) ❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P597) ❙ Opening/Closing the Tailgate (P162) ❙ Rear Wiper (P182) ❙ Tailgate Outer Handle (P162) ❙ Multi-View Rear Camera * (P556) ❙ Back-Up Lights (P596) ❙ Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Lights (P594) ❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P595) ❙ Taillights (P595) 8 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 9 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Auto Idle Stop Function * At Automatic transmission Engine status Deceleration Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal. Stop U.S. Keep the brake pedal depressed. Quick Reference Guide To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator (green) comes on. (P480) On Canada With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal when the indicator comes on. Off Start-up Release the brake pedal. With the automatic brake hold system activated, depress the accelerator pedal. Restarting * Not available on all models 9 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 10 ページ 2018年3月23日 Safe Driving 金曜日 午後7時53分 (P27) Quick Reference Guide Airbags (P41) ● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision. Child Safety (P56) ● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. ● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. ● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat. Exhaust Gas Hazard (P74) ● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate. Seat Belts (P33) Before Driving Checklist (P32) ● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat. ● Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly. ● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted. Fasten your lap belt as low as possible. 10 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 11 ページ 2018年3月23日 Instrument Panel 金曜日 午後7時53分 (P77) System Indicators Blind spot information (BSI) Indicator * Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator System Indicators MID Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator Tachometer Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator Speedometer Electric Parking Brake System Indicator U.S. Malfunction Indicator Lamp Electric Parking Brake Indicator Canada Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber) */ Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green) * Low Oil Pressure Indicator SH-AWD Indicator * Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators Supplemental Restraint System Indicator Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator VSA® OFF Indicator Immobilizer System Indicator Keyless Access System Indicator Charging System Indicator Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator System Message Indicator Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator U.S. Canada Automatic Brake Hold Indicator Quick Reference Guide Gauges (P119)/Multi-Information Display (MID) (P120)/System Indicators (P78) Temperature Gauge Security System Alarm Indicator Gear Position Indicator System Indicators Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator Fuel Gauge M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator U.S. Brake System Indicator (Red) Canada Lights Indicators Lights On Indicator High Beam Indicator U.S. Brake System Indicator (Amber) Canada Fog Light Indicator * Low Fuel Indicator Auto High-Beam Indicator Seat Belt Reminder Indicator * Not available on all models 11 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 12 ページ Controls 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 (P137) Quick Reference Guide Clock (P138) ENGINE START/STOP Button (P169) Press the button to change the vehicle’s power mode. a Enter the Clock Adjustment screen. 2 Adjusting the Clock (P138) b Rotate . to change hour, then move c Rotate press . to change minute, then Turn Signals (P172) Turn Signal Control Lever Right Left Lights (P173) Light Control Switches Models with navigation system The navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the clock automatically. High Beam Low Beam Flashing 12 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 13 ページ 2018年3月23日 Wipers and Washers (P180) 午後7時53分 Models with automatic intermittent wipers AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: ● Cleaning the windshield ● Driving through a car wash ● No rain present Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside (P152) ● Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it at the same time. Steering Wheel (P188) ● To adjust, push and hold the adjustment switch to move the steering wheel to the desired position. Quick Reference Guide Wiper/Washer Control Lever MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe 金曜日 Tailgate (P162, 157) Pull toward you to spray washer fluid. Adjustment Ring (- : Low Sensitivity*1 : Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2 (+ : High Sensitivity*1 : Higher speed, more sweeps*2 *1:Models with automatic intermittent wipers *2:Models without automatic intermittent wipers Tailgate Outer Handle ● Press the tailgate outer handle to unlock and open the tailgate when you carry the keyless access remote. ● Press the power tailgate button on the driver’s door or the remote transmitter to open and close the power tailgate. 13 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 14 ページ 2018年3月23日 Power Door Mirrors (P190) Quick Reference Guide ● With the power mode in ON, move the selector switch to L or R. ● Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror. ● Press the fold button * to fold the door mirrors. Fold Button * Selector Switch 金曜日 午後7時53分 Power Windows (P166) ● With the power mode in ON, open and close the power windows. ● If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passenger’s window can be opened and closed with its own switch. ● If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator is on), each passenger’s window switch is disabled. Power Window Lock Button Adjustment Switch Window Switch 14 Indicator 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 15 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Climate Control System (P219) Rear Climate Control (P229) Fan Control Icon A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronization) Icon Vent Mode Control Icon Driver’s Side Temperature Icon Driver’s Side Temperature Control Switch (On/Off) Button AUTO Button (Windshield Defroster) Button On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ● Press the AUTO button to activate the rear climate control system. ● Press the button to turn the system on or off. Rear Temperature Control Buttons / (Fan Control) Button Recirculation/ Fresh Air Mode Icon REAR (Rear Climate Control) Icon Passenger’s Side Temperature Icon Quick Reference Guide ● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. ● Press the button to turn the system on or off. ● Press the button or select the Front icon to defrost the windshield. Passenger’s Side Temperature Control Switch AUTO Button Air flows from dashboard vents. (On/Off) Button Air flows from floor and dashboard vents. Mode Control Button Air flows from floor vents. Air flows from the rear console vents. Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents. Air flow from the rear console vents and floor vents. Air flows from the rear floor vents. * Not available on all models 15 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 16 ページ Features 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 (P231) Quick Reference Guide Audio System (P239) For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual Information Screen CD Slot On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Source Front/Rear * VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob (Tune Up) Icon*1 Audio Menu (CD Eject) Button (Information) Icon (Tune Down) Icon*1 Preset Icons*1 PHONE Button NAV Button * Tune*1 Stations*1 HD Radio List *, *1 SCAN*1 Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button) INFO Button SMARTPHONE Button BACK Button SETTINGS Button (Day/Night) Button *1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected. 16 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 17 ページ 2018年3月23日 Models with rear entertainment system Disc Slot 金曜日 午後7時53分 Audio Remote Controls (P237) Quick Reference Guide Left Selector Wheel REAR Button (Power) (Eject) Button SOURCE Button ● SOURCE Button Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/ SiriusXM®/CD/Rear DVD */HDD */USB/iPod/ Apple CarPlay/Android Auto/Bluetooth® Audio/Pandora® */AUX. ● Left Selector Wheel Roll to adjust the volume up/down. Radio:Move to a side to change the preset station. Move to a side and hold to select the next or previous strong station. CD/HDD */USB device: Move to a side to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. Move to a side and hold to change a folder. * Not available on all models 17 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book Driving 18 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 (P445) Quick Reference Guide Automatic Transmission (P472) ● Always depress the brake pedal before selecting (P or changing the gear position from (P . ● Select (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine. Gear selection Gear Position Indicator The gear position indicator and the shift button indicator indicate the current gear selection. Shift Button Indicator Gear Position Indicator 18 Park Press the (P button. Used when parking or before turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked. Drive Press the D/S button. Used for normal driving. Sequential shift mode can be used temporarily. Reverse Pull back the (R button. Used when reversing. Neutral Press the (N button. Transmission is not locked. S Position Press the D/S button twice. Sequential shift mode can be used. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 19 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Paddle Shifters (P479) ● Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual transmission (1st through 9th). This is useful for engine braking. ● The transmission will shift back to automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising. Gear Position Indicator M Indicator Selected Gear Number Shift Down (Paddle Shifter When the transmission is in (S ● Holds the selected gear, and the M (sequential mode) indicator comes on. ● The sequential mode gear selection is shown in the instrument panel. Quick Reference Guide When the transmission is in (D Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter 19 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 20 ページ 2018年3月23日 VSA® On and Off (P518) Quick Reference Guide ● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces. ● VSA® comes on automatically every time you start the engine. ● To partially disable or fully restore VSA® function, press and hold the button until you hear a beep. CMBSTM On and Off 20 午後7時53分 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist (P524, 657) ● The TPMS monitors tire pressure. ● TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine. ● TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual guidance during tire pressure adjustment. Refueling (P568) Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher recommended Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 liters) a Press the fuel fill door release button. b After refueling, wait for about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle. (P539) ● When a possible collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision. ● The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine. ● To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep. 金曜日 Wait for five seconds 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 21 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 AcuraWatchTM The camera is located behind the rearview mirror. Front Sensor Camera Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) (P489) Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) (P536) Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable. Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System Quick Reference Guide AcuraWatchTM is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located in the front grille and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rear view mirror. (P504) Radar Sensor The radar sensor is in the front grille. Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether. Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) (P509) Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane. 21 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 22 ページ 2018年3月23日 Maintenance 午後7時53分 (P573) Quick Reference Guide Under the Hood (P581) ● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add when necessary. ● Check brake fluid. ● Check the battery condition monthly. a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard. b Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever. c 22 金曜日 When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place. Wiper Blades (P598) ● Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield. Tires (P602) Lights (P593) ● Inspect tires and wheels regularly. ● Check tire pressures regularly. ● Install snow tires for winter driving. ● Inspect all lights regularly. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 23 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Handling the Unexpected (P625) Engine Won’t Start (P646) Overheating (P651) Vehicles with tire repair kit ● If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery. ● Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down. ● Park in a safe location and repair the flat tire using the tire repair kit. Vehicles with compact spare tire ● Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire located under the cargo area. Indicators Come On (P653) Blown Fuse (P658) Emergency Towing (P666) ● Identify the indicator and consult the owner’s manual. ● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate. ● Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. Quick Reference Guide Flat Tire (P627) 23 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 24 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 What to Do If Quick Reference Guide Canadian models The power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to ACCESSORY. Why? Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes? ● ● The steering wheel may be locked. Move the steering wheel left and right after pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button. This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal. 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P534) 24 The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why? Check if the childproof lock is in the lock position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, slide the lever up to the unlock position. Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors? If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 25 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 The beeper sounds when: ● The power mode is in ACCESSORY. ● The exterior lights are left on. ● Auto Idle Stop * is in operation. Why does a beeper sound when I walk away from the vehicle after I close the door? The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock operating range before the door completely closes. Why does the beeper sound when I start driving? The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts. Pulling the electric parking brake switch does not release the parking brake. Why? Pull the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed. I’m seeing an amber indicator of a tire with an exclamation point. What is that? The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. Check tire pressure. 2 Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock) (P144) Quick Reference Guide Why does the beeper sound when I open the driver’s door? 2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks (P657) * Not available on all models 25 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book Quick Reference Guide 26 26 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Depressing the accelerator pedal does not release the parking brake automatically. Why? ● Why does the gear position automatically change to (P when I open the driver’s door to check for parking space lines when reversing? ● Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal? The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or lower on this vehicle? Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage. ● ● Fasten the driver’s seat belt. Check if the transmission is in (P or (N . If so, select any other position. Fasten the driver’s seat belt. Close the driver’s door and manually change the gear position. u When opening the driver’s door (P475) 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 27 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Safe Driving You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual. For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions.............. 28 Important Handling Information......... 30 Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 31 Safety Checklist ................................. 32 Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts ........................ 33 Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 36 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 40 Airbags Airbag System Components............... 41 Types of Airbags ................................ 44 Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 44 Driver’s Knee Airbag .......................... 48 Side Airbags....................................... 50 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 52 Airbag System Indicators.................... 53 Airbag Care ....................................... 55 Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 56 Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 58 Safety of Larger Children ................... 72 Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 74 Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 75 27 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 28 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 For Safe Driving The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important. Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions ■ Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly. ■ Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat. ■ Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual. ■ Don’t drink and drive Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either. 28 1Important Safety Precautions Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 29 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions ■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely ■ Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted. Safe Driving Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving. ■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance. ■ Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle Children left unattended in the vehicle may be injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which the children and/or another person(s) can be injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in injury or death. Even if the climate control system is on, never leave children in the vehicle unattended as the climate control system can shut off at any time. 29 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 30 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Handling Information Important Handling Information Safe Driving 30 Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier. These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tipping or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts. 1Important Handling Information For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover, read: 2 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle P. 470 2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 463 Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 31 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features Your Vehicle’s Safety Features 10 9 1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features 10 6 11 7 9 7 11 12 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags Knee Airbag Side Airbags Side Curtain Airbags Door Locks Seat Belt Tensioners Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash. Safe Driving Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash. However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly. The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers. 31 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 32 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist Safety Checklist Safe Driving For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. • After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the tailgate. 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 151 • Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash. 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 192 • Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position. 2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 198 • Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well. 2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36 • Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height and weight. 2 Child Safety P. 56 32 1Safety Checklist If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on the multi-information display (MID), a door and/or the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors and the tailgate tightly until the message disappears. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 33 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers ■ Lap/shoulder seat belts All six or seven seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body. The front passenger’s, second row and third row seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats. 1About Your Seat Belts 3 WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags. Safe Driving Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly. Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury. Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts. If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt, then extend it slowly. 2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 66 Continued 33 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 34 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts ■ Proper use of seat belts 1About Your Seat Belts Safe Driving Follow these guidelines for proper use: • All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. • Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash. • Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash. • Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. ■ Seat Belt Reminder 1Seat Belt Reminder The seat belt system includes an indicator on the instrument panel to remind the driver or a front passenger or both to fasten their seat belts. If you set the power mode to ON and a seat belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. After a few seconds, the beeper will stop and the indicator will come on and remain illuminated until the seat belt is fastened. 34 If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt. The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after the power mode is set to ON. When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not sound. The indicator also may not come on and the beeper may not sound when the occupant is not heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will injure or kill them. 2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 35 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts ■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags or the driver’s knee airbag. The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash. During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates. Safe Driving The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety. 1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners 35 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 36 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat: 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 192 Safe Driving Pull out slowly. Correct Seated Posture. Buckle No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible. Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism. 2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or caught on anything. Latch Plate 36 1. Pull the seat belt out slowly. 1Fastening a Seat Belt 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 37 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt ■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor 1Fastening a Seat Belt 3 WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash. Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving. Safe Driving Lap belt as low as possible 3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries. 4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body. To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing door. 1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants. 1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button. 2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over Push your shoulder. Continued The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time. After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure. 37 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 38 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Models with second row bench seat ■ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor Safe Driving 1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and the latch plate from each holding slot in the ceiling. Small Latch Plate 1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor 3 WARNING Using the seat belt with the detachable anchor unlatched increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash. Before using the seat belt, make sure the detachable anchor is correctly latched. Latch Plate Small Latch Plate 2. Line up the triangle marks on the small latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt to the anchor buckle. To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle. Latch Plate Anchor Buckle Latch Plate Buckle 38 3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle. Properly fasten the seat belt the same way you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt. Small Latch Plate 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 39 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt ■ Advice for Pregnant Women Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen. Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive. To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: • When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. • When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible. Safe Driving If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips. 1Advice for Pregnant Women Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips. 39 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 40 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows: Safe Driving • Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. • Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract. Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision. 40 1Seat Belt Inspection 3 WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed. Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 41 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Airbags Airbag System Components 11 10 9 8 Safe Driving 9 6 13 7 9 9 6 12 9 Continued 41 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 42 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe Driving The front, driver’s knee, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes: a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passenger’s airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG. b Driver’s knee airbag. The knee airbag is stored under the steering column. It is marked SRS AIRBAG. c Two side airbags, one for the driver and one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. d Two side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG. 42 e An electronic control unit that, when the vehicle is on, continually monitors information about the various impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat belt tensioners, and other vehicle information. During a crash event the unit can record such information. f Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In addition, the driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate sensors that detect whether or not the belts are fastened. gA driver’s seat position sensor. This sensor determines the optimal force at which the airbag will deploy in a crash. h Weight sensors in the front passenger’s seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be turned off if the weight on the seat is approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant or small child). i Impact sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side impact. j An indicator on the dashboard that alerts you that the front passenger’s front airbag has been turned off. k An indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners. l Safing mA Sensor rollover sensor that can detect if your vehicle is about to roll over and signal the control unit to deploy both side curtain airbags. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 43 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components ■ Important Facts About Your Airbags What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible. Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection. When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover. Safe Driving Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly. 1Important Facts About Your Airbags Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy. Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates. Do not attach or place objects on the front and driver’s knee airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate. 43 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 44 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags Types of Airbags Safe Driving Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags: • Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats. • Driver’s knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column. • Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs. • Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages. Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary restraint system. ■ Housing Locations The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG. 44 1Types of Airbags The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is in ON. After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. 1Front Airbags (SRS) During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/ or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 45 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■ Operation Safe Driving Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate. A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall. ■ How the Front Airbags Work 1How the Front Airbags Work While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest. The front airbags deflate immediately so that they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls. Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal. The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them. Continued 45 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 46 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■ When front airbags should not deploy Safe Driving 46 Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide little if any protection. ■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. ■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 47 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) ■ Advanced Airbags 1Advanced Airbags Driver’s Seat Position Sensor Based on information from this sensor and the severity of the impact, the advanced airbag system determines the optimal deployment of the driver’s airbag. The front passenger’s advanced airbag system has weight sensors. Passenger’s Seat Weight Sensors We advise against allowing a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passenger’s seat. However, if you do allow a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passenger’s seat, note that the system will automatically turn off the front passenger’s airbag if the sensors detect that the child is approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less. If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of the driver’s seating position) with a force corresponding to the severity of the impact. For the advanced airbags to work properly: • Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats. • Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat. • Make sure any objects are positioned properly on the floor. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors. • All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat belts properly. • Do not cover the passenger’s side dashboard with a cloth, towel, cover, etc. 2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 54 Safe Driving The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants. The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a seat position sensor. Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger’s seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors. 2 Floor Mats P. 619 47 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 48 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag Driver’s Knee Airbag The driver’s knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by the vehicle’s other safety features. Safe Driving SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary restraint system. ■ Housing Locations The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the steering column. The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG. Housing Location ■ Operation When inflated Knee Airbag 48 When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the driver’s knee airbag also inflates. 1Driver’s Knee Airbag Do not attach accessories on or near the driver’s knee airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates. The driver should not store any items under the seat or behind their feet. The items can interfere with proper airbag deployment in the event of a moderate to sever frontal collision and may result in inadequate protection. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 49 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag ■ When driver’s knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage ■ When driver’s knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage Safe Driving Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed. 49 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 50 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact. Safe Driving ■ Housing Locations The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. Housing Location ■ Operation When inflated Side Airbag 50 When the sensors detect a moderate-tosevere side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate. 1Side Airbags Make sure you and your front seat passenger always sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can prevent the airbag from deploying properly and increases your risk of serious injury. Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates. Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 51 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuSide Airbags ■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage ■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed. Safe Driving Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag. 51 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 52 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags Side Curtain Airbags Safe Driving The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes. ■ Housing Locations The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle. 1Side Curtain Airbags If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt tensioners. If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle. To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats. Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags. Side Curtain Airbag Storage ■ Operation The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side impact. Deployed Side Curtain Airbag 52 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 53 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators ■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision. Safe Driving Airbag System Indicators If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the MID. ■ Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator 1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator ■ When the power mode is set to ON 3 WARNING The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly. Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly. If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem. Continued 53 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 54 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators ■ Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator U.S. Canada ■ When the passenger front airbag off Safe Driving indicator comes on The indicator comes on to alert you that the passenger’s front airbag has been turned off. This occurs when the weight sensors detect 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant or small child, on the seat. Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult riding there, something may be interfering with the weight sensors, such as: • An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back pocket. • A child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seat-back. • A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger’s seat. • The front seat or seat-back is forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it. • An object placed under the front passenger’s seat. 2 Child Safety P. 56 Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on. If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy and the indicator will not come on. 54 If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible. The passenger front airbag off indicator may come on and go off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 55 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAirbagsuAirbag Care Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations: If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced. We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit. Safe Driving ■ When the airbags have deployed 1Airbag Care ■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash. ■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-888-9-ACURA-9. 55 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 56 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under. Safe Driving To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle. Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: • An inflating front or side airbag can injure or kill a child sitting in the front seat. • A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the driver’s ability to safely control the vehicle. • Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat. 56 1Protecting Child Passengers 3 WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash. Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 57 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers • Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system. • Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries. • Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash. • Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments. • Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly. 3 WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death. Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked. Safe Driving • Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision. 1Protecting Child Passengers To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way. To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels. 2 Safety Labels P. 75 57 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 58 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safety of Infants and Small Children ■ Protecting Infants Safe Driving An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old. ■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position. 1Protecting Infants 3 WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash. Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front. Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat. When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat and the seat in front of it. It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag system. 2 Airbags P. 41 If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat. 58 Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a forward facing position. Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s instructions before installation. Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat installed in a rear seating position: The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly detect the actual weight of the occupant. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 59 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Protecting Smaller Children 1Protecting Smaller Children 3 WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates. If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child. Safe Driving If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations of a rearward facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations for the forward facing child seat. ■ Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forwardfacing child seat in a rear seating position. Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions. Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child. Continued 59 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 60 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Selecting a Child Seat Safe Driving Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your child’s safety. In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual for proper installation instructions. ■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: • The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. • The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. • The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. 60 1Selecting a Child Seat Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple. LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 61 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat 1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat 3 WARNING Never attach two child seats to the same anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child seat attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death. Safe Driving A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in the second row seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors. 1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks. Models with second row captain seat Marks Models with second row bench seat Marks Continued 61 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 62 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Lower Anchors Safe Driving Rigid Type Flexible Type 62 2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object. 1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat For your child’s safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 63 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Straight Top Tether Type Tether Strap Hook Second row captain seat Straight Top Tether Type Safe Driving 3. Put the outer head restraint to its uppermost position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted. Other Top Tether Type Anchor Other Top Tether Type Tether Strap Hook Anchor 3. Put the outer head restraint to its upper most position, then route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted. All Types 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. 5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt. 6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked. 2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56 Continued 63 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 64 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Straight Top Tether Type Tether Strap Hook Second row bench seat Outer position Straight Top Tether Type Safe Driving 3. Put the outer head restraint to its uppermost position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted. Outer position Other Top Tether Type Anchor Other Top Tether Type Tether Strap Hook 3. Put the outer head restraint to its upper most position, then route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted. Center position 3. Put the center head restraint to its lowest position, then route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted. Anchor 64 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 65 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children All positions Safe Driving 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. 5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt. 6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked. 2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56 Continued 65 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 66 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt Safe Driving A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely necessary, the front passenger seat. 1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat according to the seat manufacturer’s instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks. 3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor. 4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and check that the retractor has switched modes by pulling on the webbing. It should not pull out again until it is reset by removing the latch plate from the buckle. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4. 66 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 67 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way. Safe Driving 5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat. 6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; less than one inch of movement should occur near the seat belt. 7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked. 2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56 Continued 67 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 68 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children ■ Adding Security with a Tether Models with second row captain seat Safe Driving Tether Anchorage Points Models with second row bench seat Tether Anchorage Points Third row seat Tether Anchorage Points 68 A tether anchorage point is provided behind each second and third row seating position. If you have a child restraint system that comes with a tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the tether may be used for additional security. 1Adding Security with a Tether Always use a tether for forward facing child seats when using the seat belt or lower anchors. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 69 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Models with second row captain seat Straight Top Tether Type ■ Using a second row anchor Outer positions Straight Top Tether Type Safe Driving Tether Strap Hook 1. Put the outer head restraint to its uppermost position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted. Outer positions Other Top Tether Type Anchor Other Top Tether Type Tether Strap Hook 1. Put the outer head restraint to its upper most position, then route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted. Anchor Continued 69 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 70 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Models with second row bench seat Straight Top Tether Type Safe Driving Tether Strap Hook Center position of second row bench seat 1. Put the center head restraint to its lowest position, then route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted. All positions 2. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. Anchor Other Top Tether Type Tether Strap Hook Anchor 70 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 71 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Third row seat Straight Top Tether Type Straight Top Tether Type 1. Pull up the head restraint and push rearwards until it latches, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted. Other Top Tether Type Tether Strap Hook Other Top Tether Type Anchor Safe Driving Anchor ■ Using a third row anchor 1. Pull up the head restraint and push rearwards until it latches, then route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted. All Types 2. Open the anchor cover. 3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. Tether Strap Hook 71 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 72 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safety of Larger Children ■ Protecting Larger Children Safe Driving The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front. ■ Checking Seat Belt Fit When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions. ■ Checklist • Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over the edge of the seat? • Does the shoulder belt cross between the child’s neck and arm? • Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as possible, touching the child’s thighs? • Will the child be able to stay seated like this for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat. 72 1Safety of Larger Children 3 WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passenger’s front airbag inflates. If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 73 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children ■ Booster Seats 1Booster Seats When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly. Safe Driving If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in the rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturer’s recommendations. Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive. ■ Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: • Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information in this manual. • Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. • Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. • Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the seat. ■ Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly. 73 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 74 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior. Safe Driving ■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever • The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. • The exhaust system may have been damaged. • The vehicle is raised for an oil change. When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below. 1. Select the fresh air mode. 2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting. Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running. 74 1Carbon Monoxide Gas 3 WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you. Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide. An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 75 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Safety Labels Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels carefully. Sun Visor U.S. models Canadian models Safe Driving If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement. Sun Visor U.S. models only Dashboard U.S. models only Radiator Cap 75 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 76 76 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 77 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Instrument Panel This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving. Indicators ............................................ 78 Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages ............. 100 Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID) Gauges............................................ 119 MID ................................................. 120 77 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 78 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Indicators Indicator Name ● U.S. Canada Instrument Panel 78 On/Blinking Brake System Indicator (Red) ● ● (Red) Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when the brake fluid level is low. Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system. Explanation ● Comes on while driving - Check the brake fluid level. 2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 655 ● Comes on along with the ABS indicator Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On P. 655 Message 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 79 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● Canada ● Brake System Indicator (Amber) ● ● ● Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability. Message U.S. Canada Comes on if there is a problem with the automatic brake hold system. Instrument Panel U.S. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system. Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system. Explanation U.S. (Amber) 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532 Canada Continued 79 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 80 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● Instrument Panel ● U.S. Canada Electric Parking Brake Indicator ● ● ● Electric Parking Brake System Indicator 80 ● Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released. Comes on for about 15 seconds then goes off when you push the electric parking brake switch with the power mode in OFF. Comes on for about 15 seconds then goes off when you set the power mode to OFF with the parking brake applied. ● Blinks and the electric parking brake system indicator comes on at the same time - There is a problem with the electric parking brake system. The parking brake may not be set. Comes on when you pull the electric parking brake switch without depressing the brake pedal. ● Depress the brake pedal to release the parking brake. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system. ● 2 Parking Brake P. 528 Comes on while driving - Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. 2 If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On P. 656 Message 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 81 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator Automatic Brake Hold Indicator ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when the automatic brake hold is activated. Message 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532 — Continued Instrument Panel ● U.S. Canada ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when the automatic brake hold system is on. Explanation 81 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 82 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Low Oil Pressure Indicator ● Instrument Panel ● Malfunction Indicator Lamp ● ● ● Charging System Indicator 82 ● Explanation Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. ● Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a safe place. Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off either when the engine starts or after several seconds if the engine did not start. If “readiness codes” have not been set, it blinks five times before it goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control systems. Blinks when a misfire in the engine’s cylinders is detected. ● Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics for the emissions control systems. ● Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place where there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take your vehicle to a dealer. Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on when the battery is not charging. ● 2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 653 2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 678 ● 2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 654 Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption. 2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 653 Message 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 83 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator ● Indicates the current gear selection. Message 2 Shifting P. 472 — 2 Sequential Mode P. 478 — Comes on when the manual sequential shift mode is applied. Continued Instrument Panel Gear Position Indicator Explanation 83 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 84 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name Instrument Panel Transmission System Indicator On/Blinking Explanation ● The indicated current gear selection blinks if there is a problem with the transmission system. ● Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and stop in a safe place immediately. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● All the gear positions may light for several seconds, and go off. ● ● When all the gear positions light, immediately stop your vehicle in a safe place. Indicators go off if there is no problem. However, even if they go off, take your vehicle to a dealer for inspection. The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if there is a problem with the transmission system, and the vehicle no longer moves. ● Immediately stop in a safe place. ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if you cannot select (P due to the transmission system failure. ● The engine can be activated as a temporary measure. ● ● 2 Emergency Towing P. 666 2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message P. 657 ● ● 84 Set the parking brake when parking. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. Message 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 85 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Seat Belt Reminder Indicator ● ● Low Fuel Indicator ● Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you set the power mode to ON. If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on about a few seconds later. Blinks while driving if either you and/or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals. ● Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 2.5 U.S. gal./9.5 Liter left). Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge. ● ● Message The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts. Stays on after you and/or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt(s) A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Instrument Panel ● Explanation 2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 34 ● Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible. Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Continued 85 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 86 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator Instrument Panel ● Supplemental Restraint System Indicator Auto High-Beam Indicator 86 ● ● ● Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the ABS. ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system - Seat belt tensioner ● Comes on when all the operating conditions of the Auto highbeam are met. Message Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function. 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 534 Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Auto High-Beam P. 177 — 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 87 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● ● ● VSA® OFF Indicator ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when you partially disable VSA®. ● Message Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 517 2 Trailer Stability Assist P. 460 2 Hill start assist system P. 469 ● Instrument Panel Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Blinks when VSA®, or trailer stability assist is active. Comes on if there is a problem with the VSA®, hill start assist, trailer stability assist or brake lighting system. Explanation When Trailer Stability Assist Problem is displayed on the MID, the VSA® does not activate. 2 VSA® On and Off P. 518 — Continued 87 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 88 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name Instrument Panel Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator On/Blinking ● ● ● ● Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator ● ● Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators High Beam Indicator 88 * Not available on all models ● ● Explanation Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system. ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the tires becomes significantly low. Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a spare tire * is temporarily installed. ● Blinks when you operate the turn signal lever. Blinks along with all turn signals if you press the hazard warning button. ● Comes on when the high beam headlights are on. Message Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 655 ● Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary. Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a spare, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can. Does not blink or blinks rapidly 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 593 — — — 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 89 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Lights On Indicator ● ● Immobilizer System Indicator ● ● Comes on when the fog lights are on. Comes on briefly when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information. — ● ● ● * Not available on all models If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s door is opened. Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then select the ON mode again. Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur. Message — — Instrument Panel Fog Light Indicator * Comes on whenever the light switch is on, or in AUTO when the exterior lights are on. Explanation — Continued 89 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 90 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Security System Alarm Indicator Instrument Panel ● ● System Message Indicator Explanation Blinks when the security system alarm has been set. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the MID appears at the same time. 2 Security System Alarm P. 163 ● ● ● 90 While the indicator is on, roll the multifunction steering wheel control to see the message again. Refer to the Indicators information in this chapter when a system message appears on the MID. Take the appropriate action for the message. The MID does not return to the normal screen unless the warning is canceled, or the multifunction steering-wheel controls is rolled. Message — — 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 91 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● ● ● Super HandlingAll Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®) Indicator * ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on as soon as a problem is detected in the keyless access system or keyless starting system. ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the SH-AWD® system. Blinks when the differential temperature is too high. ● Stays on constantly - The engine drives the front wheels only in this state. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ● Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place, put the transmission into (P , and idle the engine until the indicator goes off. If the indicator does not stop blinking, take your vehicle to a dealer. Message Instrument Panel Keyless Access System Indicator Explanation 2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SHAWD®) * P. 523 * Not available on all models Continued 91 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 92 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green) * Instrument Panel 92 ● Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber) * * Not available on all models ● ● Explanation Comes on when Auto Idle Stop is in operation. The engine automatically shuts off. Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Blinks if there is a problem with the Auto Idle Stop System. Comes on when Auto Idle Stop System has been turned off by Auto Idle Stop OFF Button. 2 Auto Idle Stop * P. 480 ● Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF P. 481 Message — 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 93 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green) ● ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS. Explanation ● ● Comes on when you press the MAIN button. ● Comes on when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously. ● Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) ● ● ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 509 ● Message — Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. Goes off - The camera has been cooled down and the system activates normally. Instrument Panel Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber) On/Blinking 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. Continued 93 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 94 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● Instrument Panel ● Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the RDM system. ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on when the RDM system shuts itself off. ● Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down. Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 ● ● Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 94 Message 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 95 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Green) ● ● Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with ACC with LSF. ● Comes on when you press the MAIN button. ● Comes on if anything covers the radar sensor cover and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front. May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) ACC has been automatically canceled. ● ● Explanation ● Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 ● ● Message — When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover. Continued Instrument Panel Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Amber) On/Blinking 95 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 96 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Instrument Panel Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Green) ● ● 96 Explanation Comes on when ACC with LSF is in operation, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. ACC with LSF cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously. ● Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) ● ● Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. Goes off - The camera has been cooled down and the system activates normally. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. Message 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 97 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● ● ● ● Message Stays on constantly without the CMBS off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. TM 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 536 Instrument Panel Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off. Comes on when you deactivate the CMBSTM. A multi-information display message appears for five seconds. Comes on if there is a problem with the CMBSTM. Explanation Continued 97 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 98 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Comes on when the CMBS system shuts itself off. Explanation TM ● Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 Instrument Panel ● Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator ● When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover. 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 536 ● Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 98 Message 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 99 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsu Models with BSI Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Blind spot information (BSI) Indicator ● ● * Not available on all models Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off. Stays on while BSI is turned off. Message — Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor. ● Comes on if there is a problem with the system. ● Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor. 2 Blind spot information (BSI) System * P. 520 Instrument Panel ● Explanation Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 99 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 100 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages The following messages appear only on the MID. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to see the message again with the system message indicator on. Message Condition Explanation Appears if any door or the tailgate is not completely closed. ● Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are closed. ● Appears when the hood is opened. ● Close the hood. Instrument Panel ● 100 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 101 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition ● Appears when the washer fluid is low. Explanation ● Refill washer fluid. 2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 592 ● Appears while you are customizing the settings and the transmission is in other than (P . Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle does not operate properly. 2 Customized Features P. 126 ● ● ● You may find it difficult to accelerate, or to start the vehicle on uphill. Immediately stop in a safe place in (P . Let the engine idle until the message disappears. ● Appears if you depress the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in (N . ● Release the accelerator pedal. After that, depress the brake pedal and change the transmission position. ● Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery. ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Appears along with the battery charging system indicator when the battery is not charging. ● ● Instrument Panel ● 2 Checking the Battery P. 611 Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to reduce electricity consumption. 2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 653 Continued 101 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 102 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition ● ● Instrument Panel ● U.S. Canada 102 ● Explanation Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon. Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and Maintenance Past Due follow. 2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the MultiInformation Display (MID) P. 578 Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high. Appears when there is a problem with the power tailgate system. 2 Overheating P. 651 ● ● Manually open or close the power tailgate. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 103 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message U.S. Condition ● Appears if there is a problem with the starter system. Explanation ● Hold the ENGINE START/STOP button up to 15 seconds to start the engine. 2 Starting the Engine P. 465 Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Instrument Panel Canada ● Appears when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON. Models with Auto Idle Stop ● ● ● Canadian models ● 2 Starting the Engine P. 465 Models with Auto Idle Stop Appears when the engine does not restart automatically due to the following reason: The hood is open. There is a problem in the system that disables Auto Idle Stop. ● Follow the normal procedure to start the engine. ● Close the hood. Appears when the steering wheel is locked. ● Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button. 2 Starting the Engine P. 465 Continued 103 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 104 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition ● Explanation Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY. — Instrument Panel ● Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY. ● Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). ● Appears when you close the door with the power mode is in ON without the keyless access remote inside the vehicle. ● Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote back inside the vehicle and close the door. Appears when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak. ● Appears if the keyless access remote’s battery is too weak to start the engine or the key is not within operating range to start the engine. The beeper sounds six times. ● ● ● 104 2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 171 Replace the battery as soon as possible. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 613 Bring the keyless access remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button to be touched with. 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 647 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 105 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition Explanation Appears when you attempt to put the transmission into another gear position with the transmission in (P and the engine OFF. ● To select another gear position while in (P the engine must be ON. ● Appears when you try to change the gear position after the position has automatically been changed to (P with the driver’s door open and the driver’s seat belt unfastened. ● Press the (P button If you leave the vehicle. ● Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the driver’s seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the vehicle may roll unintentionally. ● Press the (P button before release the brake pedal when idling, parking or exiting the vehicle. Models with Auto Idle Stop ● ● Appears when the engine stops without the transmission in (P , and does not restart automatically. Appears if you open the hood while Auto Idle Stop activates. Instrument Panel ● 2 Shift Operation P. 474 Models with Auto Idle Stop ● ● If you want to set the power mode to ON, put the transmission into (P . If you want to start the engine, follow the normal procedure. 2 Starting the Engine P. 465 Continued 105 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 106 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition ● Instrument Panel 106 ● Explanation Appears for a few seconds if you have not pressed the (N button long enough to initiate Neutral-Hold mode. Appears when you press and hold (N button for more than 2 seconds. 2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 476 ● Disappears when you set the gear position to other than (N . 2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 476 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 107 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition Explanation Appears when you try to change the gear position without depressing the brake pedal. ● Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button. ● Appears when you try to change the gear position without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal. ● Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select a shift button. ● Appears when the (P button is pressed while the vehicle is moving. Appears if you change the gear position to (R while the vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is reversing. ● Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before operating the select button. Appears when you set the power mode to ON without fastening the driver’s seat belt. Appears when you change the gear position after (P has been automatically selected with the driver’s door open, the driver’s seat belt unfastened, then the brake pedal is released. ● Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive. Appears when you press the (P button but it is not engaged due to low ATF temperature. ● ● ● ● ● Instrument Panel ● 2 Shift Operation P. 474 Depress the brake pedal until this message disappear. Continued 107 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 108 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition ● Instrument Panel 108 Explanation Appears when pressing the Dynamic Mode button. u Press again to change the next mode. 2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 486 ● Appears if there is a problem with the cooling system. ● Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible. ● Appears when there is a problem with the headlights. ● Appears while driving - The headlights may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive safety, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible. ● Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor system *. ● Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on or the beeper does not stop even after you clean the area, have the system checked by a dealer. * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 109 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically canceled while it is in operation. ● Appears when the automatic brake hold system is turned off. ● ● ● ● 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532 Appears when the automatic brake hold button is pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt. ● Appears when the automatic brake hold button is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake hold is in operation. ● Appears when the parking brake is applied automatically while it is in operation. Immediately depress the brake pedal. Instrument Panel ● Explanation Fasten the driver’s seat belt. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532 Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532 2 Parking Brake P. 528 Continued 109 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 110 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition ● Appears if there is a problem with the Auto high-beam. Explanation ● ● Instrument Panel ● ● ● Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Turing the headlight switch in AUTO can resume the system. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 ● ● 110 Appears when the Auto high-beam is in operation, or the headlight switch is turned in AUTO, but there the temperature inside the camera is too high. The Auto high-beam cancels automatically. Manually operate the headlight switch. If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams. Appears when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message comes back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 111 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition ● Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a vehicle in front of you. Explanation ● Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.) ● Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. ● You can resume the set speed after the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/ +/SET/– switch up. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 ● ● ● Appears when the vehicle speed slows down to 25 mph (40 km/h) and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the ACC with LSF range while ACC with LSF is in operation. ● Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the ACC with LSF range. ● Appears when the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with LSF is in operation. ● Instrument Panel 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 536 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 Continued 111 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 112 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close. ● Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened. ● Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the transmission is not in (D . ● ● Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF. The beeper sounds. ● Immediately depress the brake pedal. ● Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed. ● ACC with LSF cannot be set. ● Instrument Panel 112 Explanation ● ● ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 113 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition ● ● Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope while ACC with LSF is in operation. ● Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. ● Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down while the parking brake is applied. ● ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 Instrument Panel ● Explanation ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489 2 Parking Brake P. 528 Continued 113 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 114 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Models with two-way keyless access remote Message Condition ● Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door while the engine is running by two-way keyless access remote. Instrument Panel 114 Explanation 2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 467 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 115 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ● Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected lane. Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel. Explanation ● ● Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected lane. When you selected Warning Only - Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. When you selected Normal or Wide Instrument Panel 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 509 2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 504 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System ● Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. The color of either line changes from white to amber as the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line. - Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel with steering assist when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. ● Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper sounds simultaneously if selected by customization. ● Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS. Continued 115 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 116 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Message Condition ● Instrument Panel ● ● ● 116 Explanation Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if selected by customization. ● Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there the temperature inside the LKAS camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if selected by customization. ● Appears when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth. May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.) ● If any other system indicators come on, such as the VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action. 2 Indicators P. 78 ● Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing the LKAS button can resume the system. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 117 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Models with Auto Idle Stop Message Condition ● ● ● ● ● ● Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu. Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate for some reason. Appears when the engine restarts automatically. Appears when the battery temperature is around 14°F (−10°C) or lower. Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant. Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the engine coolant temperature is low or high. Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the battery charge level is low. 2 Auto Idle Stop * P. 480 ● ● * Not available on all models Instrument Panel ● Explanation Appears even though the battery is fully chargedThe system may not read the battery amount correctly. Drive for a few minutes. Appears after charging the battery or jump starting - Disconnect the negative - cable once and reconnect it again to the battery. Drive a few minutes. Continued 117 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 118 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages Models with Auto Idle Stop Message Condition Instrument Panel ● Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the pressure to the brake pedal is not enough. ● Depress the brake pedal firmly. ● Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu. Appears when the system is under the following conditions while Auto Idle Stop activates: The battery charge level is low. The battery temperature is around 14°F (−10°C) or lower. The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant. The humidity in the interior is high. ● The engine restarts automatically in a few seconds. ● ● ● ● ● 118 Explanation 2 Starting the Engine P. 465 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 119 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID) Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON. ■ Speedometer Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada). Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute. ■ Fuel Gauge Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank. 1Fuel Gauge Instrument Panel ■ Tachometer NOTICE You should refuel when the reading approaches E . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter. The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading. ■ Temperature Gauge Displays the temperature of the engine coolant. 1Temperature Gauge NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal. 2 Overheating P. 651 119 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 120 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID MID The MID shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information. ■ Switching the Display Instrument Panel ■ Main displays Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to change the display. Blank Instant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy Range Elapsed Time Average Speed Turn-by-Turn Directions * Multi-function Steeringwheel Controls 120 * Not available on all models Vehicle Settings Tire Pressure for Each Tire Engine Oil Life Compass * SH-AWD® */ Dynamic Mode 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 121 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID ■ Lower displays Press the TRIP button to change the display. TRIP Odometer Instrument Panel Outside Temperature TRIP TRIP Trip A Trip B TRIP Button ■ Odometer Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has accumulated. Continued 121 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 122 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID ■ Trip Meter Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips. 1Trip Meter Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the TRIP button. ■ Resetting a trip meter Instrument Panel To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button until the trip meter is reset to 0.0. ■ Outside Temperature Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada). ■ Adjusting the outside temperature display Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading seems incorrect. 1Outside Temperature The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h). It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized. Use the MID’s customized features to correct the temperature. 2 Customized Features P. 126 ■ Average Fuel Economy Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset. 122 1Average Fuel Economy You can change when to reset the average fuel economy. 2 Customized Features P. 126 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 123 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID ■ Instant Fuel Economy Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). ■ Range ■ Elapsed Time 1Elapsed Time You can change when to reset the elapsed time. 2 Customized Features P. 126 Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset. ■ Average Speed Instrument Panel Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips. 1Average Speed Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since Trip A or Trip B was reset. Continued You can change when to reset the average speed. 2 Customized Features P. 126 123 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 124 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID ■ SH-AWD® Torque Distribution Monitor * The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to the right front, left front, right rear, and left rear wheels. Instrument Panel 2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SHAWD®) * P. 523 ■ Current Mode for Dynamic Mode Shows the current mode for Dynamic Mode. 2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 486 ■ Turn-by-Turn Directions Models with navigation system Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the navigation system. 2 Refer to the navigation system 124 * Not available on all models 1Turn-by-Turn Directions The multi-information display shows a compass when the route guidance is not used. You can select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or not during the route guidance. 2 Customized Features P. 126 2 Refer to the navigation system 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 125 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID ■ Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 577 ■ Tire Pressure Monitor Instrument Panel Shows each tire’s pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist P. 524 Continued 125 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 126 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID ■ Customized Features 1Customized Features To customize other features, roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls. 2 List of customizable options P. 129 2 Example of customization settings P. 134 Use the MID to customize certain features. ■ How to customize Instrument Panel Select the Vehicle Settings screen by rolling the multi-function steering-wheel controls while the power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. MID: Goes to Vehicle Settings. Customization is possible when you see the driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen. The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter you have used to unlock the driver’s door. The customized settings are recalled every time you unlock the driver’s door with that remote. Put the transmission into (P before you attempt to change any customized setting. Multi-function Steeringwheel Controls Roll: Changes the customize menus and items. Push: Enter the selected item. 126 Customizing is also available from the information screen. You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the multi-information display while the information screen shows the same menu. 2 Customized Features P. 126 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 127 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID ■ Customization flow Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to select Vehicle Settings and push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. Vehicle Settings Push Driver Assist System Setup Roll Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display “Trip A” Reset Timing “Trip B” Reset Timing Reverse Alert Tone Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens * Turn by Turn Display * Roll Meter Setup Push Roll Push Roll Driving Position Setup Instrument Panel Roll Forward Collision Warning Distance ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep ACC Display Speed Unit Road Departure Mitigation Setting Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep Blind Spot Info * Push Memory Position Link Push Roll Roll Easy Entry/Exit Keyless Access Setup Roll * Not available on all models Push Roll Door Unlock Mode Keyless Access Beep Volume * Keyless Access Light Flash Keyless Access Beep Remote Start System On/Off * Walk Away Auto Lock Continued 127 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 128 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID Roll Lighting Setup Interior Light Dimming Time Push Roll Instrument Panel Roll Door Setup Auto Light Sensitivity Push Roll Roll Push Roll Power Tailgate Setup Headlight Auto Off Timer Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back Security Relock Timer Auto Folding Door Mirror * Keyless Open Mode Push Roll Roll Dynamic Mode Setup Power Open By Outer Handle Push Preferred Dynamic Mode Push Maintenance Reset Roll Maintenance Info. Roll Default All Roll Exit 128 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 129 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID ■ List of customizable options Setup Group Description Selectable Settings Forward Collision Warning Distance Changes at which distance forward collision warning alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range. On/Off*1 ACC Display Speed Unit Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the MID. mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada) Road Departure Mitigation Setting Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system. Normal*1/Wide/Warning Only Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off*1 Blind Spot Info * Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/ Visual Alert/Off Instrument Panel Driver Assist System Setup Customizable Features *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 129 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 130 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID Setup Group Instrument Panel Meter Setup Customizable Features Selectable Settings Language Selection Changes the displayed language. Adjust Outside Temp. Display Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. “Trip A” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A. When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1 “Trip B” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B. When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1 Reverse Alert Tone Causes the beeper to sound once when the change the gear position to (R . On*1/Off Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens * Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop guidance screens comes on. On/Off*1 Turn by Turn Display * Select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance. On*1/Off *1:Default Setting 130 Description * Not available on all models English*1/Français/Español -5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.) -3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada) 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 131 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID Setup Group Keyless Access Setup Description Selectable Settings Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off. On*1/Off Easy Entry/Exit Moves the seat rearward and steering wheel fully up when you get in/get out of the vehicle. Changes the setting for this feature. Seat & Steering Wheel*1/ Seat Only/Steering Wheel Only/Off Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the driver’s door handle. Driver’s Door or Tailgate Only*1/All Doors Keyless Access Beep Volume * Changes the beep volume. High*1/Low Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off Remote Start System On/Off * Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off Walk Away Auto Lock Changes the settings for the automatic locking the doors when you walk away from the vehicle while carrying the keyless access remote. On/Off*1 Instrument Panel Driving Position Setup Customizable Features *1: Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 131 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 132 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID Setup Group Lighting Setup Instrument Panel Door Setup Customizable Features Selectable Settings Interior Light Dimming Time Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors. 60sec/30sec*1/15sec Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the driver’s door. 60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically lock. With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift From P/Off Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically unlock. All Doors When Driver’s Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted To Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off Key And Remote Unlock Mode Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock on the first operation of the remote or built-in key. Driver Door*1/All Doors Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door. 90sec/60sec/30sec*1 Auto Folding Door Mirror * Changes how you can fold the door mirrors. Auto Fold With Keyless*1/ Manual Only *1: Default Setting 132 Description * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 133 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Changes the keyless setting for when the power tailgate opens. Anytime*1/When Unlocked Power Open By Outer Handle Changes the setting to open power tailgate by tailgate outer handle. Off (Manual Only)/On (Power/Manual)*1 Dynamic Mode Setup Preferred Dynamic Mode Changes the Dynamic Mode setting for when you set the power mode to ON. Last Used*1/Comfort/ Normal/Sport Maintenance Info. Maintenance Reset Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service. Cancel/Reset Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as default. Cancel/Set Default All — Instrument Panel Keyless Open Mode Power Tailgate Setup *1: Default Setting Continued 133 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 134 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID ■ Example of customization settings Instrument Panel The steps for changing the “Trip A” Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are shown below. The default setting for “Trip A” Reset Timing is Manually Reset. 1. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to select Vehicle Settings, then push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. 2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until Meter Setup appears on the display. 3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. u Language Selection appears first on the display. 134 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 135 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID 5. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls and select When Refueled, then push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. u The When Refueled Setup screen appears, then the display returns to the customization menu screen. Instrument Panel 4. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until “Trip A” Reset Timing appears on the display, then push the multifunction steering-wheel controls. u The display switches to the customization setup screen, where you can select When Refueled, IGN Off, Manually Reset, or Exit. 6. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until Exit appears on the display, then push the multi-function steeringwheel controls. 7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the normal screen. 135 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 136 136 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 137 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Controls This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving. Clock .................................................. 138 Locking and Unlocking the Doors Key Types and Functions .................. 139 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength......................................... 141 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside .......................................... 142 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ............................................. 151 Childproof Door Locks ..................... 153 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 154 Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 155 Security System Immobilizer System .......................... 163 Security System Alarm...................... 163 * Not available on all models Opening and Closing the Windows ...166 Opening and Closing the Moonroof.. 168 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 169 Turn Signals ..................................... 172 Light Switches.................................. 173 Fog Lights * ...................................... 176 Daytime Running Lights ................... 176 Auto High-Beam .............................. 177 Wipers and Washers ........................ 180 Brightness Control ........................... 184 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button..185 Driving Position Memory System ...... 186 Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 188 Adjusting the Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 189 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 190 Adjusting the Seats Front Seats ...................................... 192 Second Row Seats ........................... 194 Third Row Seats............................... 203 Armrest ........................................... 204 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items Interior Lights .................................. 206 Interior Convenience Items .............. 208 Climate Control System Using Automatic Climate Control .... 219 Rear Climate Control System ........... 226 Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 230 137 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 138 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Clock Adjusting the Clock Models without navigation system 1Clock You can adjust the time manually in the information screen, with the power mode in ON. ■ Adjusting the Time ■ Using the Settings menu on the information screen Controls 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock Adjustment. 3. Rotate to change hour, then move . 4. Rotate to change minute, then press . These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial. Rotate to select. Press to enter. Move to select a secondary menu. You can customize the clock display to show the 12 hour clock or 24 hour clock. 2 Customized Features P. 358 You can turn the clock display in the information screen on and off. 2 Customized Features P. 358 Except Canadian models You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is moving. Models with navigation system The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does not need to be adjusted. 138 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 139 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Locking and Unlocking the Doors Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following keys: Use the keys to start and stop the engine, and Models without two-way keyless access remote to lock and unlock all the doors and tailgate. You can also use the keyless access system to lock and unlock all the doors and tailgate. 1Key Types and Functions All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle theft. 2 Immobilizer System P. 163 Models with two-way keyless access remote Controls Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the keys: • Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in locations with high temperature or high humidity. • Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. • Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand. • Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the keyless access system may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer. Models with two-way keyless access remote You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote. 2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 467 * Not available on all models Continued 139 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 140 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions ■ Built-in Key Models without two-way keyless access remote Release Knob Controls To remove the built-in key, slide the release knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall the built-in key, push the built-in key into the keyless access remote until it clicks. Built-in Key Models with two-way keyless access remote Built-in Key Release Knob 140 The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the doors when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak and the power door lock/ unlock operation is disabled. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 141 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength ■ Key Number Tag 1Key Number Tag Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key. Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer. If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer. Controls Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/ unlocking the doors and tailgate, or to start the engine. In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors and tailgate, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: • Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. • You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. • A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote. 1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength Communication between the keyless access remote and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remote’s battery. Battery life is about two years, but this varies depending on regularity of use. The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers. 141 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 142 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Using the Keyless Access System Models without rear door touch sensor When you carry the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and the tailgate. Controls You can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle or tailgate outer handle. Models with rear door touch sensor 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior light comes on when you unlock the doors and tailgate. No doors opened: The light fades out after 30 seconds. Doors and tailgate relocked: The light goes off immediately. 2 Interior Lights P. 206 1Using the Keyless Access System If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the keyless access system, the doors and tailgate will automatically relock. You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF. 142 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 143 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside Door Lock Button ■ Locking the doors and tailgate 1Using the Keyless Access System Press the door lock button on the front or rear * doors, or on the tailgate. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock; and the security system sets. • Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you. • Even if you are not carrying the keyless access • • • Lock Button • • Controls • remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range. The door may be unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the keyless access remote is within range. If you grip a door handle wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by unlocking the doors. After locking the door, you have up to two seconds during which you can pull the door handle to confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait at least two seconds before gripping the handle, otherwise the door will not unlock. The door might not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle. Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless access remote if it is above or below the outside handle. The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass. The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings can be customized using the information screen or multi-information display (MID). 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 * Not available on all models Continued 143 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 144 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk Controls The activation range of the auto lock function is about 5 feet (1.5 m) away auto lock) When you walk away from the vehicle while carrying the keyless access remote, the doors will automatically lock. The auto lock function activates when all doors and tailgate are closed, and the keyless access remote is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the outside door handle. Exit vehicle while carrying keyless access remote and close door(s). 1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the vehicle. u The beeper sounds; the auto lock function will be activated. 2. Carry the keyless access remote beyond about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain outside this range for 2 or more seconds. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper sounds; all doors and tailgate will then lock. 1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock) The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory default setting. The auto lock function can be set to ON using the information screen or MID. If you set the auto lock function to ON using the information screen or the MID, only the remote transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door prior to the setting change can activate auto lock. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 After the auto lock function has been activated, when you stay within the locking/unlocking operation range, the indicator on the keyless access remote will continue to flash until the doors are locked. When you stay beside the vehicle within the operation range, the doors will automatically lock approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds. When you open a door after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will be delayed until all doors and tailgate are closed. When all doors and tailgate have been closed and the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle, or if the keyless access remote is not detected within about 5 feet (1.5 m) of the vehicle, auto lock function will not be activated. You must wait until the power tailgate fully closes before the auto lock function will be activated. 144 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 145 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside To temporarily deactivate the function: 1. Set the power mode to OFF. 2. Open the driver’s door. 3. Using the master door lock switch, operate the lock as follows: Lock Unlock Lock Unlock. u The beeper sounds and the function is deactivated. Continued The auto lock function does not operate when any of the following conditions are met. • The keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. • A door or the hood is not closed. • The power mode is set to any mode other than OFF. • The keyless access remote is not located within a radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle when you get out of the vehicle and close the doors. Auto lock function operation stop beeper After the auto lock function has been activated, the auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for approximately two seconds in the following cases. • The keyless access remote is put inside the vehicle through a window. • You are located too close to the vehicle. • The keyless access remote is put inside the tailgate. If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are carrying the keyless access remote. Then, open/close a door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper sounds once. Controls To restore the function: • Set the power mode to ON. • Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock function. • With the keyless access remote on you, move out of the auto lock function operation range. • Open any door. 1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock) 145 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 146 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Unlocking the doors and tailgate Controls Grab the driver’s door handle: u The driver’s door unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passenger’s door or rear * door handle: u All doors and the tailgate unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the beeper sounds twice. Press and hold the tailgate outer handle: u The tailgate unlocks and opens. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the beeper sounds twice. 2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 162 Tailgate Outer Handle 146 * Not available on all models 1Using the Keyless Access System Models with navigation system When you go into the keyless access system working range with all the doors locked, the LED puddle lights come on for 30 seconds. The lights do not come on if you have previously stayed within the range for more than two minutes, or the doors have been locked for a few days. The feature activates again after you drive the vehicle, then lock the doors. You can also unlock and open with the power tailgate. 2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 162 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 147 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Using the Remote Transmitter ■ Locking the doors and tailgate LED Unlock Button Lock Button Lock Button Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors and tailgate lock, and the security system sets. Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the security system is set. ■ Unlocking the doors and tailgate Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the driver’s door unlocks. Twice: u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock. If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors and tailgate will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 You can lock or unlock doors using the remote transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF. The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings. Controls LED*1 Unlock Button 1Using the Remote Transmitter The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door or the tailgate is open. If the distance at which the remote transmitter works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 613 You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 *1: Checking Door Lock Status * P. 150 * Not available on all models Continued 147 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 148 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key If the lock or unlock button of the keyless access remote does not work, use the key instead. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 613 Fully insert the key and turn it. When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When unlocking, the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors and the tailgate. You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 Lock Controls 148 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key Unlock 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 149 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key 1Locking a Door Without Using a Key If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using the key, you can lock the door without it. ■ Locking the front doors Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door. Push the lock tab forward and close the door. Controls ■ Locking the rear doors When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not inside the vehicle. ■ Lockout prevention system The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. Continued 149 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 150 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ■ Checking Door Lock Status * Red Green Amber Lock Button Controls 150 You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors are all locked or any are unlocked using the keyless access remote from extended distances. Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds one of the following feedback will come: • Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked. • Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not completely closed. • Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status from the vehicle. * Not available on all models 1Checking Door Lock Status * Operate the remote in an open space. If there are buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the remote may not work even within the operable range. However, the range required for unlocking the tailgate and all the doors as well as activating the panic function is the same as that required for operating the standard keyless access remote. 2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 147 When checking the door lock status, you can also start or stop the engine. 2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * P. 467 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 151 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ■ Using the Lock Tab To Lock Lock Tab 1Using the Lock Tab When you lock the door using the lock tab on the driver’s door, all of the other doors and the tailgate lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock. ■ Locking a door Push the lock tab forward. ■ Unlocking a door To Unlock Pull the lock tab rearward. Controls Continued 151 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 152 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ■ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one motion. 1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle The front door inner handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However, this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion. Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided. 2 Childproof Door Locks P. 153 Controls Inner Handle Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors. To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock, then lock again before opening the door. u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the MID or information screen. 152 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 153 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks ■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch To Lock Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all the doors and the tailgate. 1Using the Master Door Lock Switch When you lock/unlock either front door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors and the tailgate lock/unlock at the same time. To Unlock Controls Master Door Lock Switch Childproof Door Locks 1Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab. ■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle. Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door. ■ When opening the door Unlock Open the door using the outside door handle. Lock 153 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 154 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met. ■ Auto Door Locking ■ Drive lock mode All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h). ■ Auto Door Unlocking Controls 154 ■ Driver’s door open mode All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened. 1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the information screen or MID. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 155 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Opening and Closing the Tailgate Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or closing it. 1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate 3 WARNING Anyone caught in the path of a tailgate that is being opened or closed can be seriously injured. Keep the tailgate closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. Make sure that all people are clear of the tailgate before opening or closing it. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 74 Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo area when closing the tailgate. Controls • Open the tailgate all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight. • Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close. When you are storing or picking up luggage from the cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned. Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden acceleration, or a crash. Continued 155 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 156 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the remote transmitter or driver's door, or pressing the outer handle or button on the tailgate. The power tailgate can be opened when the transmission is in (P . 1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate NOTICE Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is being automatically opened or closed. Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while in operation can deform the tailgate frame. Controls When operating the power tailgate, make sure there is enough space around your vehicle. People near the tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if children are around. The power tailgate may not open or close under the following conditions: • You start the engine while the tailgate is automatically opening or closing. • The vehicle is parked on a steep hill. • The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind. • The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice. 156 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 157 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate ■ Using the Remote Transmitter 1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate Press the power tailgate button for more than one second to operate when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Power Tailgate Button If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you manually close the tailgate. Installing aftermarket components other than Acura genuine accessories on the power tailgate may prevent it from fully opening or closing. Controls To reverse direction while the power tailgate is in operation, press the button again. The beeper sounds three times and the tailgate reverses direction. If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are locked, the power tailgate locks automatically. Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you get your luggage in and out. Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before you start the vehicle. The beeper sounds when you start driving while the power tailgate is still open, or closing. ■ Customizing when to open the tailgate Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the default setting. When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 Continued 157 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 158 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate ■ Using the Power Tailgate Button To open or close the power tailgate, press the power tailgate button for about one second. u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper sounds. Controls Power Tailgate Button To reverse direction while the power tailgate is in operation, press the button again. The beeper sounds three times and the tailgate reverses direction. 1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the direction. The beeper sounds three times. The auto reverse function stops sensing when the tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully closes. Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you touch either sensor when you are trying to close the tailgate. Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the power tailgate closing feature malfunctions. 158 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 159 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate ■ Using the Tailgate Outer Handle 1Using the Tailgate Outer Handle If you press the outer handle of the tailgate for no longer than one second, the tailgate opens automatically. u The beeper sounds. u If you want to open the tailgate manually, press the outer handle for more than one second. 2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 162 If you are carrying the keyless access remote, you do not have to unlock the tailgate before opening it. Continued Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range. You can change the setting to open the power tailgate by the tailgate outer handle. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 Controls Outer Handle Do not leave the keyless access remote in the cargo area before closing the tailgate. 159 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 160 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate ■ Using the Tailgate Inner Button Press the button on the tailgate to close the power tailgate. If you press the button again while the power tailgate is moving, it reverses direction. Controls Tailgate Inner Button ■ Auto-Closer If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically. 1Auto-Closer The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press the tailgate outer handle while the power tailgate is closing. Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power tailgate is latching. Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you manually close the tailgate and let it latch automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself. 160 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 161 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate ■ Power Tailgate Fall Detection Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers. 1Power Tailgate Fall Detection If you try to manually close the power tailgate immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate fall detection may activate. Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from the power tailgate when it is in motion. Controls If the power tailgate fall detection constantly activates, consult at a dealer. 161 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 162 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate Opening/Closing the Tailgate ■ Using the Tailgate Outer Handle When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate is unlocked. Press the outer handle of the tailgate and lift open the tailgate. Controls Outer Handle Inner Handle 162 If you are carrying the keyless access remote, you do not have to unlock the tailgate before opening it. To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle, pull the tailgate down, and push it closed from outside. 1Opening/Closing the Tailgate Do not leave the keyless access remote in the cargo area before closing the tailgate. Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/ unlock the tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 163 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Security System Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key. Security System Alarm NOTICE Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended. Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable. Controls Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: • Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/ STOP button. • Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. • Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the ENGINE START/STOP button. • Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can become magnetic. 1Immobilizer System 1Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not activate if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system. However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON. Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable. The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system alarm deactivates. ■ When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently, and some exterior lights flash. ■ To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated. Continued 163 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 164 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm ■ Setting the security system alarm The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: • The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). • The hood is closed. • All doors and the tailgate are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system. ■ When the security system alarm sets Controls The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set. ■ To cancel the security system alarm The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key, remote transmitter, keyless access system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time. 164 1Security System Alarm Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: • Unlocking the door with the lock tab. • Opening the hood with the hood release. If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 165 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm ■ Panic Mode ■ The panic button on the remote Panic Button transmitter If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: • The horn sounds. • Some exterior lights flash. Controls ■ Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON. 165 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 166 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Opening and Closing the Windows Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s seat. Controls When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a child is in the vehicle. ■ Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function ON OFF Power Window Lock Button ■ Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. Indicator ■ Automatic operation To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly. Driver’s Window Switch Rear Passenger’s Window Switches Front Passenger’s Window Switch 166 The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly. 1Opening/Closing the Power Windows 3 WARNING Closing a power window on someone’s hands or fingers can cause serious injury. Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them. The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function. Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse direction. The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch. The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 167 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows ■ Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote To open: Press the unlock button, and then within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it. If the windows and moonroof stop midway, repeat the procedure. ■ Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key Controls Unlock Button To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there. Close Open To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there. Release the key to stop the windows and moonroof at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation. 167 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 168 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Opening and Closing the Moonroof ■ Opening/Closing the Moonroof You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof. ■ Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. Open To close: Push the switch forward firmly. Controls Close Tilt The moonroof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the moonroof midway, push the switch briefly. ■ Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. ■ Tilting the moonroof up To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release. 1Opening/Closing the Moonroof 3 WARNING Opening or closing the moonroof on someone’s hands or fingers can cause serious injury. Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the moonroof before opening or closing it. NOTICE Opening the moonroof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the moonroof panel or motor. The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function. When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the moonroof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers, are clear of the moonroof. You can use the remote transmitter or the key to operate the moonroof. 2 Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote P. 167 2 Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key P. 167 168 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 169 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button ■ Changing the Power Mode 1ENGINE START/STOP Button ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range Operating Range Indicator VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) Indicator in the button is off. The steering wheel is locked*1. The power to all electrical components is turned off. You can start the engine when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. The engine may also run if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle. Controls ACCESSORY Indicator in the button is on. Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position. ON mode: Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running. Without pressing the brake pedal ON Indicator in the button is on. All electrical components can be used. If the battery of the keyless access remote is getting low, the engine may not start when you press the ENGINE START/STOP button. If the engine does not start, refer to the following link. 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 647 Press the button. Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON when you get out. *1:Canadian models Continued 169 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 170 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button ■ Automatic Power Off If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the battery. Canadian models Controls When in this mode: The steering wheel does not lock. You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the keyless access system. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). ■ Power Mode Reminder If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning buzzer sounds. 170 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 171 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button ■ Keyless Access Remote Reminder Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/ or outside the vehicle to remind you that the keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer continues even after the remote is put back inside, place it to be within its operational range. If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from both inside and outside the vehicle. A warning message on the MID notifies the driver inside that the remote outside of the vehicle. ■ When the power mode is in ACCESSORY If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle. When the keyless access remote is within the system’s operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the warning function cancels. If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button. Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer. Controls ■ When the power mode is in ON 1Keyless Access Remote Reminder Do not put the keyless access remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go off. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within the system’s operational range. 171 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 172 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals Turn Signals Right Turn The turn signals can be used when the power mode is in ON. ■ One-touch turn signal Left Turn Controls 172 When you lightly push up or down and release the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals and turn signal indicator blink three times. This feature can be used when signaling for a lane change. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 173 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches Light Switches ■ Manual Operation High Beams Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting. ■ High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click. ■ Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams. ■ Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it. ■ Lights off Turn the lever to OFF either when: • The transmission is in (P . • The parking brake is applied. To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights come on automatically when: • The transmission is taken out of (P and the parking brake is released. • The vehicle starts to move. Continued If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s door is opened. When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the instrument panel will be on. 2 Lights On Indicator P. 89 Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge. Models without automatic headlight adjusting system If you sense that the level of the headlights is abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer. Controls Flashing the high beams Low Beams 1Light Switches Models with automatic headlight adjusting system Your vehicle is equipped with the automatic headlight adjusting system that automatically adjusts the vertical angle of the high/low beam headlights. If you find a significant change in the vertical angle of the headlights, there may be a problem with the system. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 173 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 174 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches ■ Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON. Controls When the light switch is in AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness. u You can change the auto light sensitivity setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities. The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly. Models with automatic intermittent wipers Light Sensor The headlights comes on when you unlock a door in dark areas with the headlight switch in AUTO. u Once you lock the door, the headlights will go off. Models without automatic intermittent wipers Light Sensor 174 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 175 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches 1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows: Setting Max High Mid Low Min The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO. The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped. ■ Automatic Lighting Off Feature The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with you, and close the driver’s door. If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position). Bright Dark 1Headlight Integration with Wiper This feature activates while the headlights are off in AUTO. The instrument panel brightness does not change when the headlights come on. Controls ■ Headlight Integration with Wiper The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of the number of wiper sweeps. 1Automatic Lighting Off Feature You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime. 175 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 176 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights * Fog Lights * When the low beam headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights. Fog Light Switch Controls Daytime Running Lights The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: • The power mode is in ON. • The headlight switch is in AUTO or . • The parking brake is released. The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running lights. The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when the head light switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside. 176 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 177 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam Auto High-Beam Using a camera mounted to the inside of the windshield, this system detects light sources ahead of the vehicle. Depending on the light source, the system automatically switches the headlights to high beam for optimal visibility at night. The system operates when: ■ The headlight switch is in AUTO. ■ The lever is in the low beam position. ■ The low beams are on and the How it works When the camera detects lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle, the headlights remain in low beam. When the camera detects no lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle, the headlights change to high beam. The view angle or distance that the camera can detect lights ahead differs depending on conditions, such as the brightness of the lights and the weather. The auto high-beam determines when to change the headlight beams by responding to the brightness of the lights ahead of your vehicle. In the following cases, the system may not respond to the lights properly: • The brightness of the lights from the preceding or oncoming vehicle is intense or poor. • Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow, fog, windshield frost, etc.). • Other light sources, such as street lights and electric billboards are illuminating the road ahead. • The brightness level of the road ahead constantly changes. • The road is bumpy or has many curves. • A vehicle cuts in front of you, or a vehicle in front of you is not in the preceding or oncoming direction. • Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear. Controls system recognizes that you are driving at night. ■ The vehicle speed is above 35 mph (56 km/h). 1Auto High-Beam If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient for driving, change the headlight beams manually. If you do not want the system to be activated at any time when the headlight switch is in AUTO, consult a dealer or disable the system. 2 Disabling or Re-enabling the System P. 179 Continued 177 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 178 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam ■ Operating the System Headlight Switch 1Operating the System To activate the system, turn the headlight switch to AUTO and then set the headlights to low beam. The auto high-beam indicator will come on. 2 Light Switches P. 173 Controls If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer. The high beams remain on unless: • You have been driving below 25 mph (40 km/h) for an extended amount of time. • The speed of the vehicle drops below 15 mph (24 km/h). • The windshield wipers have been running at a high speed for more than a few seconds. • You enter a well lit location. The high beams come back on once the condition that caused them to turn off no longer exists. If needed, you can temporarily turn the high beams off manually. Turn on the high beams by pushing the lever forward until you hear a click, or flash the high beams once by pulling the lever towards you. To turn the high beams back on, repeat one of the procedures. 178 For the auto high-beam to work properly: • Do not place an object that reflects light on the dashboard. • Keep the windshield around the camera clean. When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to apply windshield cleanser to the camera lens. • Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area around the camera. • Do not touch the camera lens. If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: • Use the climate control system to cool down the interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the airflow directed towards the camera. • Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera. If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: • Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 179 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam ■ Disabling or Re-enabling the System AUTO Position The auto high-beam is in the previously selected disabled or re-enabled setting each time you start the engine. Controls Disable or re-enable the system when the vehicle is parked and the power mode is in ON and the light switch is in the AUTO position. Disabling the system: Pull the light switch lever towards you and hold it for at least 40 seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in the meter will blink twice. Re-enabling the system: Pull the light switch lever towards you and hold it for at least 30 seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in the meter will blink once. Enabling high sensitivity: Pull the light switch lever towards you and hold it for 2 minutes. The auto high-beam indicator in the meter will blink three times. When the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), sensitivity is returned to normal. 1Disabling or Re-enabling the System 179 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 180 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers Wipers and Washers ■ Windshield Wipers/Washers Pull to use washer. Controls Intermittent Time Adjustment Ring MIST OFF 1Wipers and Washers The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON. ■ MIST The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever. ■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT*1/AUTO*2, LO, HI) Move the lever up or down to change the wiper settings. ■ Adjusting wiper operation * Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper operation. Lower speed, fewer sweeps INT*1/AUTO*2 LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged. The wiper motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal. Models without automatic intermittent wipers If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become the same. Higher speed, more sweeps NOTICE ■ Washer 180 NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged. Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever for more than one second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two or three more times to clear the windshield, then stop. *1: Models with manual intermittent operation *2: Models with automatic intermittent operation * Not available on all models In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage the wipers. Use the defroster or heated windshield * to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 181 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers ■ Automatic Intermittent Wipers * 1Wipers and Washers When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then remove the obstacle. 1Automatic Intermittent Wipers * The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below. ■ Auto sensitivity adjustment When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor (using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will operate in accordance with your preference. Controls Adjustment Ring The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stops in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects. If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Rainfall Sensor Sensor sensitivity Low sensitivity NOTICE High sensitivity * Not available on all models AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: • Cleaning the windshield • Driving through a car wash • No rain present Continued 181 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 182 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers ■ Rear Wiper/Washer The rear wiper and washer can be used when the power mode is in ON. ■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON) Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain. Controls ■ Washer ( INT: Intermittent ON: Continuous wipe OFF Washer ) Sprays while you rotate the switch to this position. Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the washer. Once released, it stops operating after a few more sweeps. ■ Operating in reverse When you select the transmission to (R with the windshield wipers activated, the rear wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off. 182 Windshield Wiper Operation Rear Wiper Operation Intermittent Intermittent Low speed wipe High speed wipe Continuous 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 183 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers Canadian models ■ Headlight Washers 1Headlight Washers Turn the headlights on and press the headlight washer button to operate. The headlight washers also operate when you turn the windshield washers for the first time after the power mode is set to ON. The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as the windshield washers. Controls 183 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 184 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control Brightness Control (+ Button (- Button When the power mode is in ON, you can use the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument panel brightness. Brighten: Press the (+ button. Dim: Press the (- button. Controls You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. Several seconds after adjusting the brightness, you will be returned to the previous display. ■ Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the MID while you are adjusting it. 184 1Brightness Control Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on whether the exterior lights are on or off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are on. When it is bright outside and the headlight integration with the wiper is activated, the instrument panel brightness does not change. To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness when the exterior lights are on, press the (+ button until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds. The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 185 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the power mode is in ON. The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature. 1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button NOTICE When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to damage the heating wires. It is critical to wipe the window from side to side along the defogger heating wires. Controls This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged. Also, do not use the system for a long time while the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine. When the outside temperature is below 41°F (5°C), the heated door mirror may activate automatically for 10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON. Heated Windshield Button * Press the heated windshield button to deice the windshield when the power mode is in ON. 1Heated Windshield Button * This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been deiced. Also, do not use the system for a long period when the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine. When the outside temperature is below 39°F (4°C), the heated windshield may automatically activate. The system deactivates itself once the outside temperature reaches 43°F (6°C). * Not available on all models 185 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 186 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System Driving Position Memory System You can store two driver’s seat (except for power lumbar), steering wheel and door mirror positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or keyless access system, door mirrors adjust to one of the two preset positions and the seat adjusts to retracted positions of one of the two preset positions automatically. The steering wheel and the seat will move to the stored position when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY. Controls 186 When you enter the vehicle, the MID briefly shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle. • DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. • DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2. The driver’s seat moves rearward and steering DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2 wheel fully up depending on the set seating position once you • Stop the vehicle. • Put the transmission in (P . • Turn the engine off. • Then open the driver’s door. Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY position, the driver’s seat and steering wheel moves to the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position. 1Driving Position Memory System Using the information screen or MID, you can disable the automatic seat, steering wheel and door mirrors adjustment function. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 The driver’s seat easy exit feature can be turned ON/ OFF. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 System Operation The system will not operate if: • The vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h). • Either memory position button is pressed while the seat or steering wheel is in motion. • The seat or steering wheel position is adjusted while in operation. • The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 187 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System ■ Storing a Position in Memory Memory Button 1 Memory Button 2 ■ Recalling the Stored Position Memory Buttons 1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ). u You will hear the beeper, and the indicator light will blink. After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: • You do not press the memory button within five seconds. • You readjust the seat, the steering wheel or the outside mirror position before the double-beep. • You set the power mode to any position except ON. Controls SET Button 1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the driver’s seat, the steering wheel and the door mirrors to the desired position. 2. Press the SET button. u You will hear the beeper, and the memory button indicator light will blink. 3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2 within five seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat, the steering wheel and the outside mirror positions have been memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on and you will hear the double-beep. 1Storing a Position in Memory 1Recalling the Stored Position The seat, the steering wheel and the door mirrors will stop moving if you: • Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2 . • Adjust the seat position, door mirrors, or steering wheel. • Put the transmission into a position other than (P . The seat, the steering wheel and the door mirrors will automatically move to the memorized positions. When it has finished moving, you will hear the beeper, and the indicator light stays on. 187 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 188 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel Adjusting the Steering Wheel The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture. Push and hold the adjustment switch to move the steering wheel in, out, up or down. u Make sure you can see the instrument panel gauges and indicators. 1Adjusting the Steering Wheel 3 WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash. Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped. Controls 188 Adjustment Switch 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 189 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Adjusting the Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position. 1Adjusting the Mirrors Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility. Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Front Seats P. 192 ■ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door When you are driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror and power door mirrors * reduce the glare from headlights behind you, based on inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature is always active. * Not available on all models The auto dimming function cancels when the transmission is in (R . Controls Mirrors * 1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors * 189 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 190 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors Power Door Mirrors Fold Button * You can adjust the door mirrors when the power mode is set to ON. ■ Mirror position adjustment Selector Switch Adjustment Switch Controls L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror. ■ Folding door mirrors * Press the fold button to fold the door mirrors. ■ Reverse Tilt Door Mirror If activated, either side door mirror automatically tilts downward when you put the transmission into (R ; this improves closein visibility on the selected side of the vehicle when backing up. The mirror automatically returns to its original position when you take the transmission out of (R . Selector Switch 190 * Not available on all models To activate this feature, set the power mode to ON and slide the selector switch to the left or right side. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 191 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors ■ Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function * ■ Folding the door mirrors Lock all doors from outside the vehicle. u The mirrors start folding automatically. 2 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 139 ■ Unfolding the door mirrors 2 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 139 * Not available on all models Door mirrors will not unfold automatically if fold button is pressed. 2 Folding door mirrors * P. 190 You can turn the automatic folding door mirror function on and off. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 Door mirrors will not fold automatically when locking from inside the vehicle using lock tab or master door lock switch. Controls Unlock the driver’s or all doors from outside the vehicle. u The mirrors start unfolding automatically. 1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function * 191 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 192 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Adjusting the Seats Front Seats Allow sufficient space. Move back. Controls Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible. ■ Adjusting the Seat Positions Driver’s Side/ Passenger’s Side * Lumbar Support Adjustment Seat-back Angle Adjustment * Not available on all models Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate. Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle. Always make seat adjustments before driving. Horizontal Position Adjustment 192 3 WARNING The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest. ■ Adjusting the front power seats Height Adjustment 1Adjusting the Seats 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 193 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats ■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs 1Adjusting the Seat-Backs Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel. Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury. Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash. Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat. Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation. Controls The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position. 3 WARNING If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help. 193 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 194 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats Second Row Seats ■ Adjusting the Seat Positions 1Second Row Seats Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and forth to make sure it is locked in position. Models with bench seat Controls Horizontal Position Adjustment Pull up the bar to move the seat, then release the bar. 194 Seat-back Angle Adjustment Pull up the lever to change the angle. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 195 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats Models with captain seat Pull up the bar to move the seat, then release the bar. Controls Horizontal Position Adjustment Seat-back Angle Adjustment Pull up the lever to change the angle. Continued 195 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 196 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats ■ Third Row Seat Access 1Third Row Seat Access Pressing the button on the seat-back, or seat cushion tilts the second row outer seat's seatback forward. u The whole seat slides forward. Controls Pulling up on the strap also tilts the seat-back forward. Strap 196 The button is disabled when the vehicle is moving. When you enter the third row seat, be careful not to trip over the second row seat belt. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 197 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats ■ Folding Down the Second Row Seat Separately fold down the left and right halves of the second row seat to make room for cargo. Models with bench seat 1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle. 2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling. All Models 4. Pull up on the seat-back angle adjustment lever. Lever To return the seat to the original position, pull up the seat-back in the upright position. Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work improperly. 2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 54 The front seats must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the second row seats as they fold down. To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks. Controls 2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 38 3. Lower the center head restraint to its lowest position. Put the armrest back into the seat-back. 1Folding Down the Second Row Seat Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat cushion are securely latched back into place before driving. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back. Models with bench seat Make sure the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the holding slot. 197 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 198 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions. ■ Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions Controls 198 Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rearimpact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupant’s head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupant’s ears should be level with the center height of the restraint. Position head in the center of the head restraint. 1Head Restraints 3 WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash. Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving. In order for the head restraint system to work properly: • Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or from the restraint legs. • Do not place any objects between an occupant and the seat-back. • Install each restraint in its proper location. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 199 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button. Controls Continued 199 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 200 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints ■ Changing the Second Row Center Seat Head Restraint Position * Controls A passenger sitting in the second row center seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button. ■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints Front and second row head restraints Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair. To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out. To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position. 200 * Not available on all models 1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints 3 WARNING Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash. Always replace the head restraints before driving. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 201 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints ■ Folding Down the Third Row Head Restraint A passenger in the third row seating position should put the head restraint in the upright position before the vehicle begins moving. To fold down the head restraint: Pull the handle. To put the head restraint back in the upright position: Pull up the head restraint and push rearward until it latches. Controls Handle 201 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 202 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position Maintain a Proper Sitting Position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased. Controls 202 In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag. 1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position 3 WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash. Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 203 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuThird Row Seats Third Row Seats ■ Folding Down the Third Row Seat Separately fold down the left and right halves of the third row seat to make room for cargo. ■ To fold down the seat 1Folding Down the Third Row Seat Make sure all items in the cargo area or items extending to the third row seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard. Controls 1. Pull the handle on the seat-back fully. u The head restraint tilts downward. 2. Push the seat-back forward while pulling the handle. Handle ■ To return the seat to the original position 1. Pull the seat-back up with the handle pulled. 2. Push the head restraint up to its original position. 1To return the seat to the original position Make sure the seat-back and head restraints are securely latched back into place before driving. 203 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 204 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest Armrest ■ Using the Front Seat Armrest The console lid can be used as an armrest. To adjust: Slide the armrest to a desired position. Controls 204 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 205 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest ■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest Pull down the armrest in the center backrest. Models with captain seat The console lid can be used as an armrest. Controls Models with bench seat To adjust: Slide the armrest to a desired position. 205 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 206 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items Interior Lights ■ Interior Light Switches Door Activated Position Off On 1Interior Light Switches ■ ON Controls The interior lights come on regardless of whether the tailgate and doors are open or closed. ■ Door activated The interior lights come on in the following situations: • When the tailgate or any of the doors are opened. • You unlock the driver’s door. • When the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). ■ OFF The interior lights remain off regardless of whether the tailgate or any doors are open or closed. In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the following situations: • When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open it. • When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) but do not open a door. You can change the interior lights dimming time. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: • When you lock the driver’s door. • When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY mode. • When you set the power mode to ON. To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the interior light on for an extended length of time when the engine is off. If you leave any of the tailgate or doors open in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes. 206 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 207 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights ■ Map Lights 1Map Lights ■ Front Front The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button. When the interior light switch is in the door activated position and any door is open, the map light will not go off when you press the button. ■ Second and third row Second and third row Controls The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button when the front interior light switch is in the door activated position. ■ Cargo Area Lights ■ ON The light comes on when you open the tailgate, and goes off when closed. On Off ■ OFF The light stays off with or without opening the tailgate. 207 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 208 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items Interior Convenience Items ■ Glove Box 1Glove Box Press the button to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the built-in key. To Lock Controls ■ Removable shelf The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To remove it, disengage the tabs. Shelf The removed shelf can be stored upside down in the glove box. 208 An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt. Always keep the glove box closed while driving. Glove Box Tabs 3 WARNING 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 209 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Front and Rear * Console Compartment Pull the passenger’s side handle to open the console compartment. Controls Pull the driver’s side handle to open the utility tray in the console lid. ■ Console Tray Slide or lift the tray when you use the console compartment. u To lift this tray, slide it rearward, then pull it up. * Not available on all models Continued 209 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 210 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Center Pocket Press the raised detent to open the lid. To close the lid, push it down until it latches. Press Controls ■ Under-floor Storage Area Pull the handle to open the cargo floor lid. 210 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 211 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Beverage Holders 1Beverage Holders NOTICE ■ Front seat beverage holders Are located in the console between the front seats. Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior. Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you. Controls Front: ■ Door side beverage holders Are located on the both of the front and rear door side pockets. Rear: Continued 211 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 212 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items Models with bench seat ■ Second row seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders. Controls Models with captain seat Are located in the console between the second row seats. ■ Third row seat beverage holders 212 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 213 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Accessory Power Sockets 1Accessory Power Sockets The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON. ■ Accessory power socket (center pocket) Open the lid and the cover to use it. NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the power socket. The accessory power sockets are designed to supply power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts (15 amps) or less. Controls To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket with the engine running. ■ Accessory power socket (front console compartment) * Pull the handle and open the cover to use it. * Not available on all models Continued 213 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 214 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Accessory power socket (cargo area) Open the cover to use it. Controls ■ AC Power Outlet * The AC power outlet can be used when the engine is running. Open the cover to use it. Plug in the appliance slightly, turn it 90° clockwise, then push it all the way. 1AC Power Outlet * NOTICE Do not use the AC power outlet for electric appliances that require high initial peak wattage, such as cathode-ray tube type televisions, refrigerators, electric pumps, etc. It is not suitable for devices that process precise data, such as medical equipment, and that require an extremely stable power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc. The AC power outlet is designed to supply power for up to 115 volt appliances that are rated 150 watts or less. Continued use of any electric appliance/device exceeding these ratings may result in damage to the appliance/device. 214 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 215 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Coat Hooks 1Coat Hooks There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle of both sides. Pull it down to use it. 1Tie-down Anchors The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor can be used to install a net for securing items. Anchor Controls ■ Tie-down Anchors The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy items. Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have to brake hard. Anchor Continued 215 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 216 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Sunglasses Holder 1Sunglasses Holder To open the sunglasses holder, press and release the indent. To close, press it again until it latches. Keep the holder closed while driving except when accessing stored items. You can store eyeglasses and other small items in this holder. Press Controls 1Heated Steering Wheel * ■ Heated Steering Wheel * The power mode must be in ON to use the heated steering wheel. Press the button on the left side of the steering wheel. Indicator When a comfortable temperature is reached, press the button again to turn it off. Heated Steering Wheel Button The heated steering wheel is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle. 216 * Not available on all models Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 217 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation * 1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation * The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters and ventilators *. 3 WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters. Models with seat ventilation Models without seat ventilation * Not available on all models 1. Select . 2. Change the setting with one of the following: The Low icon: The LO setting (one indicator on) The Mid icon: The MID setting (two indicators on) The High icon: The HI setting (three indicators on) Auto: The system automatically selects the setting most suitable to the ambient environment. Off: Turn off the system. Continued Controls Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters. Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start. 217 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 218 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items ■ Second Row Outer Seat Heaters * The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters. Controls Press the seat heater button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on) Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on) 1Second Row Outer Seat Heaters * 3 WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters. Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters. Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start. ■ Integrated Sunshades * Tab Hook 218 * Not available on all models 1Integrated Sunshades * Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the way. Use the hooks to hang it. Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully closed. Using the shade while a window is open can unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and hurting anyone sitting near the window. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 219 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Climate Control System Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1Using Automatic Climate Control If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed while using the climate control system in auto, the function of the button/icon that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be controlled automatically. Models with Auto Idle Stop Controls During idle-stops, air-conditioning is suspended, and only the blower remains active. If you do not want air-conditioning suspended, press the Auto Idle Stop OFF button to cancel idle-stop. All models Driver’s Side Temperature Passenger’s Side Temperature Driver’s Side Temperature Control Switch Passenger’s Side Temperature Control Switch (On/Off) Button AUTO Button Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side temperature control switch. 3. Press the (On/Off) button to cancel. Continued To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may operate at low speed for a while after the AUTO button has been pressed. If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on auto, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down. When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed. Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection. 219 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 220 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM In addition to the button/switch controls, you can operate the climate control system from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM touch screen. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Recirculation/ Fresh Air mode Icon Driver’s Side Temperature Control Icon Passenger’s Side Temperature Control Icon Controls A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronization) Icon Vent Mode Icon 220 Fan Control Icon 1Using Automatic Climate Control When you unlock the doors with your remote, the driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the climate control settings are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 221 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Changing the Interior Temperature Setting The side you selected. 1. Select the driver’s or passenger’s side temperature control icon. 2. Change the temperature setting from the following: Temperature bar: Select a point where your desired temperature setting is. Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the right for a higher setting. (+ / (- : To raise or lower the temperature setting one degree at a time. While you select and hold (+ / (- , the temperature decreases or increases. Max Cool: To rapidly cool down the interior. u The A/C indicator comes on. The setting returns to the previously selected value when you select it again. Max Heat: To rapidly warm up the interior. u The A/C indicator goes off. The setting returns to the previously selected value when you select it again. Continued Models with Auto Idle Stop If you select the Max Cool or Max Heat during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically. Controls Temperature Bar 1Using Automatic Climate Control 221 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 222 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Switching the vent mode 1Switching the vent mode Select a desired vent mode icon, or Front Mode Auto: The system automatically selects the vent mode most suitable to the ambient environment. Controls Vent mode : Dashboard vents : Dashboard and floor vents : Floor vents : Floor and defroster vents ■ A/C on and off 1. Select A/C. 2. Select On or Off. 222 While the climate control system is in auto, Front Mode Auto is highlighted. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 223 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ SYNC on and off 1SYNC on and off 1. Select SYNC. 2. Select On for synchronization mode. u When in synchronization mode, the front passenger’s side temperature and the rear passenger compartment become the same as the driver’s side settings. 3. Adjust the temperature or change the mode from the driver’s side. When the system is not in SYNC mode, the driver's side temperature, the front passenger’s side temperature and the rear passenger compartment (if it is on) can be set separately. 1. Select . u When the left or right side of the is selected, the fan speed level goes up or down one level at a time. 2. Change the fan speed with one of the following: The fan speed level indicators: Select your desired speed level. The smaller indicator is for a slower speed, and the larger for a faster speed. (+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a time. Front Fan AUTO: The system automatically selects the fan speed most suitable to the ambient environment. Continued Controls You can also turn off SYNC mode by changing the front passenger’s side temperature or rear passenger’s temperature. ■ Changing the fan speed Fan Speed Level Indicators When you press the button or select the Front icon, the system synchronizes the driver’s and front passenger’s temperature settings. 1Changing the fan speed While the climate control system is in auto, Front Fan AUTO is highlighted. 223 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 224 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Switching between the Recirculation and Fresh Air Modes Controls 224 Select or currently shown to switch between the modes depending on environmental conditions. u Selecting or currently shown changes the display to the Fresh Air/ Recirculation display. You can also switch the mode by selecting or icon appearing in the display. (Recirculation Mode): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through the system. (Fresh Air Mode): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 225 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control ■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows Pressing the button or selecting the Front icon appearing after the vent mode icon is selected turns the air conditioning system on and automatically switches the system to fresh air mode. For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up. If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows. Models with Auto Idle Stop If you press the button or select the Front icon during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically. ■ To rapidly defrost the windows Controls Press the button or select the Front icon again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings. 1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows 1To rapidly defrost the windows 1. Press the button, or select the vent mode icon and then the Front icon. 2. Select the recirculation mode. 2 Switching between the Recirculation and Fresh Air Modes P. 224 After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility. 225 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 226 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System Rear Climate Control System ■ Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel On Demand Multi-Use Display TM (+ / (- (Temperature Control) Icon Controls Vent Mode Icon Fan Speed Level Indicators On/Off Icon Rear Lock Icon 1Rear Climate Control System If any icons on the touch screen are pressed while using the rear climate control system in auto, the function of the icon that was pressed will take priority. Rear Lock: Appears on the front panel. When selected, it disables the rear panel control. LOCK: Appears on the rear control panel while the rear lock is on. If the rear lock is on while in SYNC mode, the rear control panel is disabled. LOCK SYNC appears on the rear control panel. Models with Auto Idle Stop Auto Icon Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Select REAR. 2. Select Auto. u The rear system changes to AUTO mode. 3. Adjust the rear passenger’s compartment temperature using the temperature control icon. 4. Select the On/Off to cancel. u When the turned back on, the system returns to your last selection. 226 When the rear fan is set to maximum speed, Auto Idle Stop does not activate. uAuto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate control system is in use. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 227 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System ■ Changing the rear temperature setting 1Changing the rear temperature setting Change the temperature setting from the following: (+ / (- : To raise or lower the temperature setting one degree at a time. While you select and hold (+ / (- , the temperature decreases or increases. Controls (+ / (- (Temperature Control) Icon When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed. ■ Switching the vent mode Select a desired vent mode icon. Vent mode : Rear console vents : Rear console vents and floor vents : Rear floor vents Vent Mode Icon Continued 227 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 228 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System ■ Changing the fan speed Change the fan speed with one of the following: The fan speed level indicators: Select your desired speed level. The smaller indicator is for a slower speed, and the larger for a faster speed. (+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a time. Controls 228 Fan Speed Level Indicators 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 229 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System ■ Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel Rear floor vents AUTO Button When the Rear Lock icon on the front control panel is off, the temperature of the rear passenger compartment can be controlled independently. Rear console vents / (Fan Control) Buttons Controls Rear Temperature Control Buttons Rear console vents and floor vents 1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel (On/Off) Button Use the system when the engine is running 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the rear temperature control button. 3. To turn off the rear climate control system, press button. 229 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 230 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors Automatic Climate Control Sensors The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them. Sensor Controls Sensor 230 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 231 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Features This chapter describes how to operate technology features. Audio System About Your Audio System................ 232 USB Ports ......................................... 233 Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 236 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 236 Audio Remote Controls.................... 237 Audio System Basic Operation ........ 239 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM....... 240 Information Screen .......................... 244 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 249 Display Setup ................................... 250 Voice Control Operation .................. 251 * Not available on all models Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 254 Playing SiriusXM® Radio ................... 257 Playing a CD .................................... 268 Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ...271 Playing an iPod ................................ 284 Song By VoiceTM (SBV)...................... 287 Playing Pandora®*1 ........................... 291 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 293 Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 296 Siri Eyes Free .................................... 298 Apple CarPlay .................................. 299 Android Auto................................... 303 Audio Error Messages ...................... 308 General Information on the Audio System ............................................. 316 Rear Entertainment System (RES) *.. 335 Customized Features........................ 358 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ... 390 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Using HFL ........................................ 393 HFL Menus ...................................... 396 AcuraLink® * ....................................... 435 Compass * .......................................... 443 *1: Available only on U.S. models. 231 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 232 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Audio System About Your Audio System The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, Hard Disk Drive (HDD) audio *, USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices. You can operate the audio system from the remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. iPod 1About Your Audio System SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio, contact a dealer. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 316 SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico. SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio, Inc. Features Video CDs, DVDs *, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not supported. Remote Controls USB Flash Drive iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc. State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. When the screen is viewed through polarized sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If this is disturbing, please operate the screen without polarized sunglasses. 232 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 233 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports USB Ports USB Ports (2.5A) ■ In the front console compartment Install the device USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port (2.5A). u The USB port (2.5A) is for charging devices, playing audio files and connecting compatible phones with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. USB Port (2.5A) The USB ports devices. (2.5A) are only for charging 1USB Ports • Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the Features vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it. • We recommend using an extension cable with the USB port. • Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub. • Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged. • We recommend keeping your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle. • Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version. If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions provided with the iPod or visit the following website: • U.S.: www.apple.com/ipod. • Canada: www.apple.com/ca/ipod. The USB port can supply up to 2.5A of power. It does not output 2.5A unless requested by the device. For amperage details, read the operating manual of the device that needs to be charged. Set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first. Continued 233 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 234 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports Models without rear console compartment Models without rear entertainment system Models with rear entertainment system Features 234 ■ On the back of the front console compartment The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging devices. 1USB Ports USB Ports (2.5A) This port is for battery charge only. You cannot play music even if you have connected a music player to it. Under certain conditions, a device connected to the port may generate noise in the radio you are listening to. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 235 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports Models with rear console compartment ■ In the rear console compartment The USB ports devices. (2.5A) are only for charging ■ On the back of the rear console Features compartment The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging devices. 235 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 236 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack Auxiliary Input Jack Use the jack to connect standard audio devices. 1. Open the AUX cover. 2. Connect a standard audio device to the input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug. u The audio system automatically switches to the AUX mode. Audio System Theft Protection Features The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system. ■ Reactivating the audio system 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Turn on the audio system. 3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds. u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked. 236 1Auxiliary Input Jack You can return to the AUX mode by selecting Source on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 237 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Audio Remote Controls Allows you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on the multi-information display (MID). SOURCE Button Left Selector Wheel Cycles through the audio modes as follows: FM AM SiriusXM® CD Rear DVD * HDD * USB/iPod/Apple CarPlay/Android Auto Bluetooth® Audio Pandora® * AUX 1Audio Remote Controls Some mode appears only when an appropriate device or medium is used. Models with rear entertainment system If you operate some remote control switch while rear source mode is selected, the rear source mode changes to the front source mode. 2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240 SOURCE Button * Not available on all models Continued Features Left Selector Wheel Roll Up: To increase the volume. Roll Down: To decrease the volume. Push: To mute. Push again to unmute. • When listening to the radio Move to the right: To select the next preset radio station. Move to the left: To select the previous preset radio station. Move to the right and hold: To select the next strong station. To select the next channel. (SiriusXM® only) Move to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station. To select the previous channel. (SiriusXM® only) • When listening to a CD, HDD *, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio Move to the right: To skip to the next song. Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song. Move to the right and hold: To go to the next folder. (Bluetooth® Audio only) Move to the left and hold: To go to the previous folder. (Bluetooth® Audio only) 237 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 238 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls • When listening to a CD, HDD * or USB flash drive Move to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder. Move to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder. • When listening to Pandora® * Move to the right: To skip to the next song. Move to the right and hold: To select the next track. Move to the left and hold: To select the previous station. Features 238 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 239 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Audio System Basic Operation To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the interface dial or ENTER/MENU BACK Button (Day/Night) button to access phone, information or Button smartphone functions. Interface Dial (ENTER/ MENU Button) BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display. (Day/Night) button: Press to change the information screen brightness. Press once and make an adjustment using the interface dial. u Each time you press , the mode switches between the daytime mode, nighttime mode and off mode. * Not available on all models Voice Control System * The navigation/audio system is voice operable. 2 Voice Control Operation P. 251 These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial. Rotate to select. Press to enter. Move , , or to select a secondary menu. Audio function items 2 Preset Memory P. 255, 259 2 Radio Text P. 256 2 Music Search P. 269, 273, 285, 294 2 Scan P. 256, 267, 270, 274, 295 2 Random/Repeat P. 270, 275, 286, 295 Features Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button): Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. Move right, left, up or down to select a secondary menu. Press to switch the display to the Information Menu screen while the trip computer screen or clock/wallpaper screen is displayed. 1Audio System Basic Operation When you unlock the doors with your remote, the driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the audio system settings and preset memory are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON. 239 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 240 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Use the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to operate the audio system. 1On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected. ■ Selecting an Audio Source Select Front/Rear * Select Source. Use the or X to go back to the previous screen. / icons to turn the page. 1Selecting an Audio Source You can change the order of source list displayed. Features Source List Select Source, then select an item on the source list to switch the audio source. Models with rear entertainment system Select Front/Rear to changes between the front side audio source selection and rear side audio source selection. 2 Selecting the Audio Source using Front Control Panel P. 352 1. Select Audio Menu, then Edit Source Order. 2. Select or . You can also change the source order by pressing and holding the source on the source list for two seconds. 240 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 241 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ Displaying the Menu Items Select Audio Menu. Menu Items Select Audio Menu to display the menu items. Features The following items are available: • Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen. 2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240 • Sound Settings: Displays the Sound Settings screen. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 249 • Edit/Delete HDD Music (HDD mode) *: Displays the Edit/Delete HDD Music screen. 2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 277 • Radio Text (FM mode): Displays the text information broadcast by the current RDS station. 2 Radio text P. 256 * Not available on all models Continued 241 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 242 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM • SportsFlash (SiriusXM® mode): Displays the SportsFlashTM list. If the favorite sport team is not registered, the setup screen of SportsFlashTM is displayed. 2 Live Sports Alert P. 263 2 Customized Features P. 358 • Traffic & Weather Now (SiriusXM® mode): Displays to the Traffic & Weather Now screen. 2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 265 • View Channel Schedule (SiriusXM® mode): Displays the SiriusXM® channel schedule. • Audio Settings: Displays the Audio Settings screen. 2 Customized Features P. 358 • Screen Settings: Displays the Screen Settings screen. Features • RES Settings *: Displays the RES Settings screen. 242 * Not available on all models 2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 243 2 Rear System Setup P. 356 2 Customized Features P. 358 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 243 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ Changing the Screen Settings 1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen Settings. 2. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the setting. 1Changing the Screen Settings Instead of using (+ , (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is. Features The following are adjustable screen settings: • Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness. • Brightness • Contrast • Black Level • Beep Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen. • Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type. 243 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 244 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen Information Screen Displays the navigation *, HFL information, clock/wallpaper, trip computer, Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. From this screen, you can go to various setup options. ■ Switching the Display Press the NAV *, PHONE, INFO and SMARTPHONE buttons to go to the corresponding display. Navigation * Phone Info Smartphone Features Models with navigation system NAV Button INFO Button PHONE Button SMARTPHONE Button Models without navigation system PHONE Button 244 * Not available on all models INFO Button SMARTPHONE Button 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 245 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen ■ Navigation * Shows the navigation screen. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual ■ Phone Shows the HFL information. 2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 393 ■ Info Shows the AcuraLink Messages *, Trip Computer, Clock/Wallpaper, Traffic Incidents * or Voice Recognition Guide *. Press or INFO button to display the Information Menu screen. Features AcuraLink Messages *: Shows a AcuraLink® message menu list. 2 AcuraLink Message P. 439 Trip computer: Current Drive Shows the range and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip. History of Trip A Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles. Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The history of the previous three driving cycles is kept. * Not available on all models Continued 245 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 246 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen Deleting the history manually 1. Press on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History. 2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . Clock/Wallpaper: Shows a clock screen or an image you import. Traffic Incidents *: Shows a traffic incidents list. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual Features Voice Recognition Guide *: Shows a voice recognition guide screen. ■ Smartphone Displays the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. 2 Apple CarPlay P. 299 2 Android Auto P. 303 246 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 247 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen ■ Wallpaper Setup 1Wallpaper Setup You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the information screen. Models without navigation system • When importing wallpaper files, the image must be ■ Import wallpaper 1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port (2.5A). 2 USB Ports P. 233 Continued • • • • Models with navigation system • When importing wallpaper files, the image must be • • • • • • in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported. The file name must be fewer than 210 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 10 MB. The maximum image size is 5,800 x 5,800 pixels. Up to 10 files can be saved for each driver (Driver 1 and Driver 2). If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, the No files detected message appears. Features 2. Press the SETTINGS button. 3. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/ Wallpaper Type. 4. Move to select Wallpaper tab. u The screen will change to the wallpaper list. 5. Rotate to select Options…, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select, Add New Wallpaper. 6. Rotate to select a desired picture. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. 7. Rotate to select Start Import, then press to save the data. u The display will return to the wallpaper list. • • in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported. The file name must be fewer than 255 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 2 MB. The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. Up to three files can be saved. If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, the No files detected message appears. 247 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 248 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen ■ Select wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type. 3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list. 4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press . u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 5. Rotate to select Set, then press . u The display will return to the Clock Settings screen. Features 248 ■ Delete wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type. 3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list. 4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 5. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u The confirmation message will appear. 6. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely. u The display will return to the wallpaper list. . 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 249 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound Adjusting the Sound 1. Select Audio Menu, then select Sound Settings. 2. Select the Bass, Treble, Fader, Balance, Center *, Subwoofer, SVC (Speedsensitive Volume Compensation) or DTS Neural Surround *. 3. Use (+ , (- or other icons to adjust the setting. 1Adjusting the Sound The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases. DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc. Instead of using (+ , (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is. Features * Not available on all models 249 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 250 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup Display Setup You can change the brightness of the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. ■ Changing the Screen Brightness Information Screen Features 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press . 4. Rotate to adjust the setting. 5. Press . u The display will return to the System Settings screen. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen Settings. 2. Use (+ , (- to adjust the setting. 250 1Changing the Screen Brightness You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 251 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation Models with navigation system Voice Control Operation 1Voice Control Operation Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation. The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights in the ceiling. ■ Voice Recognition When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks what you would like to do. Press and release the button again to bypass this prompt and give a command. 1Voice Recognition Continued The voice control system can only be used from the driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes noises from the front passenger’s side. Features To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system: • Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are using. The system recognizes only certain commands. Available voice command P. 252 • Close the windows and moonroof. • Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone in the ceiling. • Speak clearly in a natural speaking voice without pausing between words. • Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your command if more than one person is speaking at the same time. 251 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 252 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation ■ Voice Portal Screen ■ Navigation 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual ■ Audio Features When the (Talk) button is pressed, available voice commands appear on the screen. For a complete list of commands, say “Voice Help” after the beep. The system only recognizes the commands on the following pages, at certain screens. Free form voice commands are not recognized. 252 When the system recognizes the Audio command, the screen will change the dedicated screen for the voice recognition of the audio. • Tune to FM <87.7-107.9> • Tune to AM <530-1710> • SiriusXM Channel <0-999> • SiriusXM <0-999> • More • Back • Cancel • Play Artist <Artist> • Play <Artist> • Play Album <Album> • Play <Album> • Play Song <Song> • Play <Song> • Play Composer <Composer> • Play <Composer> • Play Genre <Genre> • Play <Genre> • Play Playlist <Playlist> • Play <Playlist> • List Artist <Artist> • • • • • • • • • List <Artist> List Album <Album> List <Album> List Composer <Composer> List <Composer> List Genre <Genre> List <Genre> List Playlist <Playlist> List <Playlist> 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 253 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation ■ Phone Features This can be only used when the phone is connected. When the system recognizes the Phone command, the screen will change the dedicated screen for the voice recognition of the phone. • Dial by Number • Redial • Back • Cancel • Call <Your Contact Name> • Dial <Your Contact Name> • Call <Your Contact Name> <Type> • Dial <Your Contact Name> <Type> • Call <Voice Tag> • Dial <Voice Tag> Phone commands are not available if using Apple CarPlay. ■ Voice Help You can see a list of the available commands on the screen. • Phone Commands • Audio Commands • Navigation Commands • Voice Settings • Voice Recognition Guide 253 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 254 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Playing AM/FM Radio Skip/Seek Icons Select or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal. VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Features Source Select to change a band or change an audio source. Audio Menu Select to display the menu items. Tune Select to displays the manual input screen of radio frequency. (Information) Icon Select to displays the current station details. Select to displays the previous screen. Stations Select to displays the station list screen. Preset Icons Tune the preset radio frequency. Select and hold the preset icon to store that station. Select or to display preset 6 onwards. HD Radio List Select to displays the sub-channel list screen. Models with HD RadioTM feature On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 254 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 255 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Preset Memory 1Playing AM/FM Radio You can control the AM/FM radio using voice commands *. 2 Voice Control Operation P. 251 To store a station: 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station. The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available. ■ Radio Data System (RDS) Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station. Switching the Audio Mode Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 237 ■ To find an RDS station from Station List You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset memory. ■ Manual update Models with HD RadioTM feature Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Select Stations. 2. Select Refresh on the list. * Not available on all models Features 1. Select Stations. 2. Select station on the list. HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. HD RadioTM and the HD, HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. Continued 255 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 256 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio ■ Radio frequency manual tune screen Frequency Indicator Frequency Bar Numeric Keypad 1. Select Tune. 2. Enter the desired radio frequency using the numeric keypad. 3. Select OK to tune into the frequency. Features You can also tune into the radio frequency of your choice following the procedures below instead of inputing its frequency value. 1. Touch the desired frequency value on the frequency bar. 2. Select and hold the frequency indicator, then slide it to the desired frequency value on the frequency bar. ■ Radio text You can tune the range of FM frequency between 87.7 to 107.9MHz and range of AM frequency between 530 to 1710kHz. Tune icons: Select or to tune the radio frequency. Seek icons: Select or to search the selected band up or down for a station with a strong signal. 1Radio text Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Radio Text. The text indicator comes on when you received a text message. The indicator stays on until you read the message. ■ Scan The radio text information is not updated automatically. If you want to display the latest information, return to the previous screen and select Radio Text again. Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. Select SCAN. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. 256 1Radio frequency manual tune screen 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 257 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio Playing SiriusXM® Radio Category Up/Down Icons Select or to display and select a SiriusXM® Radio category. VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. (Information) Icon Select to displays the current channel details. Select to displays the previous screen. Preset Icons Tune the preset channel. Select and hold the preset icon to store that channel. Select or to display preset 4 onwards. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Browse Select to displays the channel list of Categories, Channels or Featured channels types. Tune Select to displays the channel number input screen. Features Source Select to change an audio source. Audio Menu Select to display the menu items. Presets/Controls Select to changes between the Presets mode and Controls mode of the Replay function. Channel Up/Down Icons Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time. Continued 257 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 258 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ To Play SiriusXM® Radio 1Playing SiriusXM® Radio 1. Select the SiriusXM® mode. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 237 2 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM P. 240 2. Select a channel using the mode screen. , icons or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset ■ SiriusXM® channel manual tune screen Channel Indicator Channel Bar Features Numeric Keypad 1. Select Tune. 2. Enter the desired channel number using the numeric keypad. 3. Select OK to tune into the channel. You can also tune into the channel of your choice following the procedures below instead of inputing its channel number. 1. Touch the desired channel number on the channel bar. 2. Select and hold the channel indicator, then slide it to the desired channel number on the channel bar. You can control the SiriusXM® radio using voice commands *. 2 Voice Control Operation P. 251 In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.). There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system. SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections. Tune Start: When you change a channel, a song being played on that channel restarts from the beginning with this function. This can be turned on or off from the Play the Song from the Beginning setting. 2 Customized Features P. 358 1SiriusXM® channel manual tune screen Channel icons: Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time. 258 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 259 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio To change the tune mode: 1. Select Tune. 2. Select Channel/Category icon. Channel/Category Icon ■ Preset Memory 1Playing SiriusXM® Radio Continued Features You can store 12 SiriusXM® stations into the preset memory. To store a station: 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Select Presets/Controls icon to set the Presets. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel. 259 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 260 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ TuneMixTM (Multi-channel preset) You can store up to 10 of your preferred music channels and listen to them randomly. 1. Tune a channel. 2. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel. 1TuneMixTM (Multi-channel preset) TuneMixTM is registered trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc. To store a multi-channel preset, you need to setup the TuneMix setting to On. 2 Customized Features P. 358 TuneMixTM is available for music channels only. Select and hold. Features 3. Select Add. 4. Select Done to return the previous screen. Channel Icon To delete a multi-channel preset: 1. Select and hold the preset number you want to delete that channel. 2. Select the channel icon. 3. Select Delete. 4. Select Done to return the previous screen. 260 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 261 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Listening to Featured Channels 1Listening to Featured Channels Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected. 1. Select Browse. 2. Select Featured Channels. 3. Select a channel. Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM® can be displayed. ■ Displaying a Channel Schedule You can also check the other channel by the following procedure. 3. Select Categories, Channels or Presets. 4. Select a channel. Continued Features You can check a channel schedule by selected channel list on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select View Channel Schedule. 261 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 262 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Replay Function The system constantly records up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel and all the preset channel broadcast, starting from the moment you turn the power mode to ON. You can rewind and replay the last 60 minutes of each broadcast. 1. Select Presets/Controls to set the Controls. 2. Select an option. 1Replay Function The system starts storing broadcast in memory when the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to the program from that point. You can no longer replay any program once the power mode is turned OFF as it erases memory. You can check how long the program has been stored in memory from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. (A) Features The following items are available: : Pauses or plays a storing broadcast. : Returns to real-time broadcast. : Skips to the previously stored channel. : Skips to the next channel. : Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to fastrewind the current selection. : Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to fast-forward the current selection. ■ Returning to real-time broadcast Select 262 while listening to the playback channel. (C) (B) (A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is behind the real-time broadcast (B): Replayed segment (C): Length stored in memory 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 263 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Live Sports Alert 1Live Sports Alert While listening to other channels you can receive sports alerts such as scores from your favorite teams. ■ To set up a sports alert The sports alert function at SiriusXM® mode only. 1To set up a sports alert 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select SiriusXM. 4. Select SportsFlash. 5. Select Notification, then select Enable. 6. Select Favorite Teams, then select a team. Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on. Selecting Enable once from customized settings disables the alert feature next time you turn the power mode to ON. 2 Customized Features P. 358 Features Continued 263 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 264 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Receiving a sports alert 1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert. 2. Select Listen Now. Features The following items are available: / : Pauses or plays a current sports alert. : Returns to real-time broadcast. : Skips to the previously stored sports alert. : Skips to the next stored sports alert. : Select to skip back 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to fastrewind the current sports alert. : Select to skip forward 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to fast-forward the current sports alert. Back: Returns to previous channel. ■ Listening to a missed sports alert 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select SportsFlash. 3. Select an item. 264 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 265 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Traffic and Weather Information 1Traffic and Weather Information You can receive the SiriusXM® traffic and weather information service in SiriusXM® mode. ■ To set up a traffic & weather information Continued Traffic & Weather Now are registered trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc. 1To set up a traffic & weather information When you listen to the traffic and weather information service, set up the applicable city using Traffic & Weather Now Setup. Features 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select SiriusXM. 4. Select Traffic & Weather Now Setup. 5. Select the region. u When you do not want to receive the information, select No City Selected. The traffic and weather information function in SiriusXM® mode only. 265 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 266 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Listening a traffic and weather information 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Traffic & Weather Now. Features 266 The following items are available: / : Pauses or plays a stored broadcast. : Returns to real-time broadcast. : Skips to the previously stored channel. : Skips to the next channel. : Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to fastrewind the current broadcast. : Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to fast-forward the current broadcast. Back: Returns to previous channel. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 267 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio ■ Scan Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds. 1. Select Presets/Controls to set the Controls. 2. Select SCAN. 3. Select Scan Channels or Scan Presets. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. 1Scan You can select desired channel by songs using Scan Presets. The “Scan Songs in Presets” function is based on TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM®. The “Featured Channels” function is based on Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM®. TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc. Features Scan Mode Menu Items Scan Channels: Scans for channels with a strong signal in the selected mode. Scan Presets: Scans for desired preset channel by songs. Select (skip up) or (skip down) to skip to the next/previous stored selection. 267 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 268 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode. Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC. CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot. VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. (CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD. Features Source Select to change an audio source. (Information) Icon Select to displays the current track/ file details. Select to displays the previous screen. Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track/file. SCAN Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks/files. *1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit. 268 Audio Menu Select to display the menu items. Search Select to displays the music search list screen. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC). Select and hold to move rapidly within a track/file. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Random Icon Select to plays tracks/files in random order. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 269 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD ■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List 1Playing a CD (MP3/WMA/AAC) Folder Selection NOTICE Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit. 1. Select Search. 2. Select a folder. WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system skips to the next file. File Selection 3. Select a track. If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds. Continued Features Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: • When you select a new folder, file, or track. • When you change the audio mode to CD. • When you insert a CD. 269 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 270 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD ■ How to Select a Play Mode You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file. ■ Scan Select SCAN to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks/files. 1How to Select a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items SCAN Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC. Repeat (repeat off): Repeat mode to off. Features ■ Random/Repeat Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until a desired mode. (repeat track): Repeats the current track/file. (repeat folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder. Random Repeat Icon Random Icon ■ To turn off a play mode To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. To turn off random/repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly. 270 (random off): Random mode to off. (random in folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. (random all tracks): Plays all tracks/files in random order. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 271 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio Models with navigation system Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio The Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio function plays tracks from music CDs that have been recorded onto the built-in HDD. You can arrange the tracks in playlists or play the tracks using various search methods. Playlist/Album Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next playlist/album, and to skip to the beginning of the previous playlist/album. CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot. VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. (CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD. (Information) Icon Select to displays the current track details. Select to displays the previous screen. Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track. SCAN Icon Select to use a scan feature. Browse Select to displays the music search list screen. Features Source Select to change an audio source. Audio Menu Select to display the menu items. Track Menu Select to displays the track menu. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change tracks. Select and hold to move rapidly within a track. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Random Icon Select to plays tracks in random order. Continued 271 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 272 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ Recording a Music CD to HDD 1Recording a Music CD to HDD When Recording from CD is set to Auto, the songs on music CDs are automatically recorded to the HDD the first time you play each disc. You can then play the songs directly from the HDD. 2 Customized Features P. 358 Recording Select Track List. You can add tracks to user playlists, where you can mix and match tracks from other CDs recorded on the HDD. 2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 277 2 Editing Track Information P. 280 If you stop the engine or the audio system is turned off while recording a CD, there may be pauses between songs when you play back from the HDD. Repeat, random, and scan functions are not available during recording. Features Select X . Ready to record ■ Stop Recording Select . (in CD mode) ■ Recording a CD Manually When Recording from CD is set to Manual, the songs on music CDs can be manually recorded to the HDD. Select . (in CD mode) 272 You can play music from other sources (e.g., SiriusXM®, HDD, etc.) while recording. Please note that there is no compensation offered in the case of unsuccessful recording of audio data or the loss of audio data due to any cause whatsoever. Clearing the HDD Any music tracks stored on the HDD can be deleted. 2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 283 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 273 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ How to Select a Track from the Music Search List 1How to Select a Track from the Music Search List 1. Select Browse. 2. Select the items on that menu. u Title information is displayed if found in the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote® Media Database) stored on the HDD. u The HDD has two types of playlists: original playlists and user playlists. An original playlist is automatically created for each album when a music CD is recorded. You can control the HDD audio using voice commands. 2 Voice Control Operation P. 251 2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 287 Music tracks recorded on HDD cannot be recorded onto CDs or other devices. Tracks are recorded at four times the playback speed using ultra-efficient compression technology; therefore, sound quality may vary slightly from the original. Features If the HDD is ever replaced, all music data is lost and cannot be recovered. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. 2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 309 Continued 273 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 274 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ How to Select a Play Mode You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track. ■ Scan Select SCAN to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks. Features 274 1How to Select a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items SCAN The following menu items vary depending on the category you selected by the Browse list. Scan Albums: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current album. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks on the HDD. Scan Artists: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current artist. Scan Playlists: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current playlist. Scan Genres: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current genre. Scan Composers: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current composer. Scan Rec. Date: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current recorded date. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 275 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ Random/Repeat 1Random/Repeat Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until a desired mode. Random/Repeat The following menu items vary depending on the category you selected by the Browse list. Repeat (repeat off): Changes repeat mode to off. Repeat Icon (repeat track): Repeats the current track. Random Icon (repeat album): Repeats all tracks in the current album. ■ To turn off a play mode (repeat playlist): Repeats all tracks in the current playlist. (repeat artist): Repeats all tracks in the current artist. Features To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. To turn off random/repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly. (repeat genre): Repeats all tracks in the current genre. (repeat composer): Repeats all tracks in the current composer. (repeat recorded date): Repeats all tracks in the current recorded date. Continued 275 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 276 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ Editing a Current Track You can edit an information of current selected track on the playlist. 1. Select Track Menu. 2. Select the items on that menu. 1Random/Repeat Random (random off): Changes random mode to off. (random all tracks): Plays all tracks in random order. (random in album): Plays all tracks in the current album in random order. (random in playlist): Plays all tracks in the current playlist in random order. Features 276 The following items are available: Replay: Select to replay from the beginning of current selected track. Add to Playlist: Add a current selected track to the playlist. Edit Name: Edits current selected tack information. Delete: Delete a current selected track from the album and playlist. Move: Changes the order of tracks currently playing album or playlist. (random in artist): Plays all tracks in the current artist in random order. (random in genre): Plays all tracks in the current genre in random order. (random in composer): Plays all tracks in the current composer in random order. (random in recorded date): Plays all tracks in the current recorded date in random order. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 277 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ Editing an Album or Playlist 1Editing an Album or Playlist Change the playlist name, album name, genre, and track order of the current playlist. You can also delete tracks, playlists, and albums. ■ Editing an album 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music. 3. Select the items other than Tracks and Playlists on that menu. 4. Select an album that you want to edit or delete. Each album CD counts as an original playlist. Adding a track from a user playlist into the same user playlist will cause the track to appear twice in the playlist. Deleting an album (original playlist) also deletes the album tracks you have stored in any user playlists. Deleting a user playlist or deleting all tracks from a user playlist does not remove the playlist folder. The folder retains the playlist name and artist information. Features 5. To edit an album name: Select Edit Name, then select Album Name. u Enter the album name using the keyboard, then select OK. The maximum number of original playlists is 50 with a maximum of 99 songs in each playlist. To delete an album: Select Delete, then select Yes. To edit track information or delete a track: Select List Tracks. 2 Editing Track Information P. 280 6. Select Done. Continued 277 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 278 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ Editing a playlist 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music. 3. Select Playlists. 4. Select a playlist that you want to edit or delete. Features 5. To edit a playlist name: Select Edit Name, then select Playlist Name. u Enter the playlist name using the keyboard, then select OK. To delete a playlist: Select Delete, then select Yes. To edit track information or delete a track: Select List Tracks. 2 Editing Track Information P. 280 6. Select Done. 278 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 279 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ Creating a new playlist 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music. 3. Select Playlists. 4. Select Create New Playlist. Features 5. Enter the playlist name using the keyboard, then select OK. 6. Select an item, then select desired track. 7. Select Done. Continued 279 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 280 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ Editing Track Information Change the track title, artist name, genre and composer. You can also delete tracks. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music. 3. Select Tracks. 4. Select a track you want to edit or delete. Features 5. To edit track information: Select Edit Name, then select Track Name, Track Artist, etc. u Enter the track name, track artist, etc. using the keyboard, then select OK. To delete a track: Select Delete, then select Yes. 6. Select Done. 280 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 281 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ Displaying Music Information Music information (album name, artist name, genre) can be acquired by accessing the Gracenote® Album Info. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music. 3. Select an item you want to acquire music information. Features 4. Select Edit Name. 5. Select Get Music Information. u The system starts to access the Gracenote® Album Info. Continued 281 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 282 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ Updating Gracenote® Album Info Features 282 Update the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote® Media Database) that is included with the navigation system. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select CD/HDD. 4. Insert the update disc into the disc slot or connect the USB flash drive that includes the update. 5. Select Update Gracenote Album Information. 6. Select Update by CD or Update by USB. u The system starts updating and the confirmation message appears on the screen. Select OK to finish. 1Updating Gracenote® Album Info To acquire updated files: • Consult a dealer. • U.S.: Visit www.acura.com. • Canada: Visit www.acura.ca. Once you perform an update, any information you edited before will be overwritten or erased. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 283 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ■ Deleting all HDD Data Delete all music data on the HDD. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select CD/HDD. 4. Select Delete All HDD Data. u The confirmation message will appear. 5. Select Yes. Features 283 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 284 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port the iPod mode. (2.5A), then select 2 USB Ports P. 233 Features VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song. Source Select to change an audio source. Audio Menu Select to display the menu items. (Information) Icon Select to displays the current song details. Select to displays the previous screen. Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current song. / (Play/Pause) Icon Select to resume or play a song. 284 Browse Select to displays the music search list screen. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Shuffle Icon Select to change a play mode in album shuffle or shuffle all songs. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 285 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List 1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List You can control an iPod using voice commands *. 2 Voice Control Operation P. 251 2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 287 1. Select Browse. 2. Select the items on that menu. Available operating functions vary on models and/or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. 2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 310 Features * Not available on all models Continued 285 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 286 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod ■ How to Select a Play Mode You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song. ■ Shuffle/Repeat Select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly until a desired mode. 1How to Select a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items Repeat (repeat off)*1: Repeat mode to off. (repeat song): Repeats the current song. (repeat all): Repeats the all songs. Repeat Icon Features 286 Shuffle Icon ■ To turn off a play mode To turn off the shuffle or repeat, select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly. Shuffle (shuffle off): shuffle mode to off. (shuffle all songs): Plays all available songs in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. (shuffle albums): Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. *1: Not available on all iPod. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 287 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV) Models with navigation system TM Song By Voice (SBV) 1Song By VoiceTM (SBV) Use SBV to search for and play music from your HDD or iPod using voice commands. Setting options: • On (factory default): Song By VoiceTM commands ■ To enable SBV are available. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Move or to select the Voice Reco. tab. 4. Rotate to select Song By Voice. 5. Press to select On or Off. • Off: Disable the feature. Features Continued 287 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 288 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV) ■ Searching for music using SBV 1Searching for music using SBV 1. Set the Song By Voice setting to On. 2. Press the (Talk) button and say “Audio” to activate the SBV feature for the HDD and iPod. Song By VoiceTM Commands List 2 Voice Control Operation P. 251 NOTE: Song By VoiceTM commands are available for tracks stored on the HDD or iPod. You can add phonetic modifications of difficult words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands. 2 Phonetic Modification P. 289 Features 3. Press the button and say a command. u Example 1: Say “(List) ‘Artist A’” to view a list of songs by that artist. Select the desired song to start playing. u Example 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’” to start playing songs by that artist. 4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/ back) button on the steering wheel. The selected song continues playing. Once you have canceled this mode, you need to press the button and say “Audio” again to re-activate this mode. 288 SBV may not be able to recognize languages other than English for the artist name, song title, album title, and composers. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 289 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV) ■ Phonetic Modification 1Phonetic Modification Continued Song By Voice Phonetic Modification is grayed out when Song By Voice is set to Off. You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification items. Features Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when searching for music on the HDD or iPod. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Move or to select the Voice Reco. tab. 4. Rotate to select Song By Voice Phonetic Modification, then press . 5. Rotate to select New Modification, then press . 6. Rotate to select HDD or iPod, then press . 289 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 290 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV) Features On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 290 7. Rotate to select the item to modify (e.g., Artist), then press . u The list of the selected item appears on the screen. 8. Rotate to select an entry (e.g., No Name), then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 9. Rotate to select Modify, then press . u To listen to the current phonetic modification, rotate to select Play, then press . u To delete the current phonetic modification, rotate to select Delete, then press . 10. Enter the phonetic spelling you wish to use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted. 11. Select OK to exit. u The artist “No Name” is phonetically modified to “Artist A.” When in the SBV mode, you can press the (Talk) button and use the voice command “Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the artist “No Name.” 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 291 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®*1 Playing Pandora®*1 Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a compatible smartphone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using your USB cable to the USB port (2.5A). 2 Phone Setup P. 401 2 USB Ports P. 233 1Playing Pandora®*1 Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is currently available exclusively in the United States. To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-888-528-7876. Station Up/Down Icons Select to change a station. Audio Menu Select to display the menu items. Stations Select to displays the station list screen. Source Select to change an audio source. Features VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Bookmark Track Icon Bookmarks the current track. Bookmark Artist Icon Bookmarks the current artist. (Information) Icon Select to displays the current track details. Select to displays the previous screen. Like/Dislike Icons Select to evaluate a track. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a track. Skip Icon Select to skip a track. *1:Available only on U.S. models. Continued 291 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 292 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®*1 ■ How to Select a Track from the Stations List 1. Select Stations. 2. Select a item to select a track. ■ Create Station Select track or artist name. You can create a station by Genre, Current Track or Current Artist. 1. Select Stations. 2. Select Create Station. 3. Select the item you want to create a station. Features You can also create a station by the following procedure. 1. Select track name or artist name. 2. Select Yes. ■ Select the connecting method If the two devices that install Pandora app are connected via the USB and Bluetooth® connection separately, you can select the USB or Bluetooth® connection to use the Pandora®. 1. Select the PANDORA on the source list screen. 2. Select USB or Bluetooth. 292 1Playing Pandora®*1 Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, track, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest. To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information. If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth® Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio system is selected. Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. 2 Pandora® P. 312 There are restrictions on the number of tracks you can skip or dislike in a given hour. If your phone is connected to Android Auto, Pandora® is only available through the Android Auto interface. Visit the Android Auto website to check compatibility. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 293 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port (2.5A), then select the USB mode. 2 USB Ports P. 233 VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder. Audio Menu Select to display the menu items. (Information) Icon Select to displays the current file details. Select to displays the previous screen. Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current file. SCAN Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each files. Search Select to displays the music search list screen. Features Source Select to change an audio source. Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a file. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Random Icon Select to plays all files in random order. *1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit. Continued 293 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 294 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List Folder Selection 1. Select Search. 2. Select a folder. 1Playing a USB Flash Drive Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 316 Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system skips to the next file. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. 2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 310 Features 294 File Selection 3. Select a file. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 295 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive ■ How to Select a Play Mode You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file. ■ Scan Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling of each file. 1How to Select a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items SCAN Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder. Repeat (repeat off): Repeat mode to off. Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until a desired mode. (repeat folder): Repeats all files in the current folder. Features (repeat track): Repeats the current file. ■ Random/Repeat Random (random off): Random mode to off. Repeat Icon Random Icon ■ To turn off a play mode To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. To turn off random or repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly. (random in folder): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. (random all tracks): Plays all files in random order. 295 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 296 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio Playing Bluetooth® Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 401 Source Select to change an audio source. Folder Up/Down Icons Select or to change folders. Features Audio Menu Select to display the menu items. VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Browse Select to displays the track list screen. (Information) Icon Select to displays the current file details. Select to displays the previous screen. 296 Play Icon Skip/Seek Icons Select or Pause Icon On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to change files. 1Playing Bluetooth® Audio Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: • U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1888-528-7876. • Canada: For more information on smartphone compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876. In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving. If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play. Some functions may not be available on some devices. If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone is unavailable. However, a second previously paired phone can stream Bluetooth® Audio by selecting Connect to Audio from the Edit Bluetooth Device. 2 Phone Setup P. 401 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 297 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio ■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to HFL. 2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode. Play Icon Pause Icon If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be connected. 1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating instructions. The pause function may not be available on some phones. Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. This function may not be available on some phones. Select the play icon or pause icon. ■ Searching for Music 1Searching for Music 1. Select Browse. 2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums). 3. Select an item. u The selection begins playing. Features ■ To pause or resume a file Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some or all of the lists may not be displayed. 297 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 298 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free Siri Eyes Free You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. 1Siri Eyes Free Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc. 2 Phone Setup P. 401 Check Apple Inc. website for features available for Siri. ■ Using Siri Eyes Free While in Siri Eyes Free: The display remains the same. No feedback or commands appear. We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri Eyes Free while operating a vehicle. 1Using Siri Eyes Free Some commands work only on specific phone features or apps. Features Appears when Siri is activated in Siri Eyes Free (Hang-up/back) button: Press to deactivate Siri. (Talk) button: Press and hold until the display changes as shown. 298 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 299 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay Apple CarPlay If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB port ( ), you can use the information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages. 1Apple CarPlay Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later are compatible with Apple CarPlay. 2 USB Ports P. 233 Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible apps. ■ Apple CarPlay Menu Information Screen Apple CarPlay menu screen To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the 2.5A USB port ( ). 2 USB Ports P. 233 Go back to the previous screen of this audio system. Go back to the Apple CarPlay menu screen SMARTPHONE Button Press to display the Apple CarPlay menu screen. Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)*1 Move the interface dial to select the item. Press to enter the item. Features To directly access the Apple CarPlay phone function, press the PHONE button. While connected to Apple CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple CarPlay. If you want to make a call with Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or detach the USB cable from your iPhone. 2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 301 When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay is connected. 2 Phone Setup P. 401 For details on countries and regions where Apple CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Apple homepage. BACK Button*1 Press to go back to the previous display. *1:The operation methods may differ from your connected iPhone. Continued 299 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 300 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay ■ Phone Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail. ■ Messages Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you. ■ Music Play music stored on your iPhone. ■ Maps Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your iPhone. Features 300 Models with navigation system Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple Maps) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination. 1Apple CarPlay Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements & Limitations Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carrier’s rate plans will apply. Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Apple CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or functionality. It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple homepage for information on compatible apps. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 301 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay ■ Setting Up Apple CarPlay 1Setting Up Apple CarPlay After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB port ( ), use the following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed, and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need to consent to the sharing of this information on the information screen. ■ Enabling Apple CarPlay Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and Apple’s Privacy Policy. Features Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt shows again next time.) Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt does not show again.) Cancel: Does not allow this consent. You can also use the method below to set up Apple CarPlay: Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone SettingsApple CarPlay Device List You may change the consent settings under the Smartphone Settings menu. Continued 301 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 302 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay ■ Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri. 1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri Below are examples of questions and commands for Siri. • What movies are playing today? • Call dad at work. • What song is this? • How’s the weather tomorrow? • Read my latest email. • Find a table for four tonight in Chicago. For more information, please visit www.apple.com/ios/siri. Features 302 (Talk) button: Press and hold to activate Siri. Press again to deactivate Siri. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 303 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto Android Auto When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the 2.5A USB port ( ), Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto, you can use the information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation), Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android Auto, a tutorial will appear on the screen. We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using Android Auto. 2 USB Ports P. 233 2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 306 1Android Auto To use Android Auto, you need to download the Android Auto app from Google Play to your smartphone. Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are compatible with Android Auto. Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto phone. Park in a safe place before connecting your Android phone to Android Auto and when launching any compatible apps. Features To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the 2.5A USB port ( ). 2 USB Ports P. 233 When your Android phone is connected to Android Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is connected. 2 Phone Setup P. 401 Continued 303 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 304 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto ■ Android Auto Menu Information Screen 1Android Auto For details on countries and regions where Android Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Android Auto homepage. Android Auto menu screen 6 Features SMARTPHONE Button Press to display the Android Auto menu screen. Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)*1 Move and rotate the interface dial to select the item. Press to enter the item. BACK Button*1 Press to go back to the previous display. *1:The operation methods may differ from your connected Android phone. 304 Android Auto Operating Requirements & Limitations Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carrier’s rate plans will apply. Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Android Auto functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Android Auto functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Android Auto performance or functionality. It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android Auto homepage for information on compatible apps. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 305 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto a Maps (Navigation) Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other inputs. Models with navigation system Continued Features Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination. The information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination. b Phone (Communication) Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail. c Google Now (Home screen) Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear just when they’re needed. d Music and audio Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto. To switch between music apps, press this icon. e Go back to the previous screen of this audio system. f Voice Operate Android Auto with your voice. 305 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 306 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto ■ Auto Pairing Connection When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the 2.5A USB port ( Android Auto is automatically initiated. ), ■ Enabling Android Auto 1Enabling Android Auto Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt shows again next time.) Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt does not show again.) Cancel: Does not allow this consent. Features You may change the consent settings under the Smartphone Settings menu. Only initialize Android Auto when you are safely parked. When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came with your phone. You can use the method below to change Android Auto settings after you have completed the initial setup: Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone SettingsAndroid Auto Device List Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is governed by Google’s Privacy Policy. 306 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 307 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto ■ Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice. 1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition Below are examples of commands you can give with voice recognition: • Reply to text. • Call my wife. • Navigate to Acura. • Play my music. • Send a text message to my wife. • Call flower shop. For more information, please refer to the Android Auto homepage. Features (Talk) button: Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice. Press to deactivate voice recognition. You can also activate the voice recognition function by moving . 307 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 308 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Audio Error Messages CD Player If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages. Error Message Cause This function is not available because the system has Track/file format not supported encountered a file error or a DRM protected file. This is a bad disc. Please see your owner’s manual for more details. Push Eject. Mechanical error Solution ● Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file plays automatically. ● Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the error message is cleared. Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the disc again. ● Mecha Error Features 308 2 Protecting CDs P. 317 ● This is a bad disc. Please see your owner’s manual for more details. Servo error Check the disc Disc error Heat Error High temperature ● ● ● If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out the disc. Insert a different disc. If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc. If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed, contact a dealer. Do not try to force the disc out of the player. Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed. 2 Protecting CDs P. 317 ● Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until the error message is cleared. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 309 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio Error MessagesuHard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio Models with navigation system Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio If an error occurs while playing the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Error Message HDD access error. Please consult your dealer. The navigation system temperature is too high. For protection, the system will shut off until it cools down. Solution — Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until the error message is cleared. Unplayable File Appears when a file format not supported. Current track will be skipped. The next supported track plays automatically. There is no data available. Appears when the HDD is empty or there are no available files in the HDD. This function is not available during CD recording while the CD is recording to the HDD. Appears when no available function is selected while the CD is recording to the HDD. Generating voice recognition commands. Please try again later. Appears when no available function is selected while the dictionary of the Song By VoiceTM recognition function is generated. Features The navigation system has difficulty reading the HDD when the The navigation system atmospheric pressure is too low. For atmospheric pressure is too low. The navigation system starts up protection, the system will shut off until the pressure returns automatically when the atmospheric pressure returns to safe to safe levels. levels. 309 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 310 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Error Message Solution Communication error Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the detected. When safe, please audio system. reconnect your device. Features This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owner’s manual for more details. Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error. This version of iOS is not supported. Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected, update the iPod software to the newer version. There is an authentication error. When safe, please reconnect your device. Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod. This function is not available because the system has Appears when you select the grayed-out option on the screen while displaying the DRM or an encountered a file error or a unsupported format file. DRM protected file. 310 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 311 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive Error Message Solution iPod Appears when the iPod is empty. There is no data detected. When safe, please check your device and try again. USB flash drive Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash drive. iPod and USB flash drive Check that compatible files are stored on the device. Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is connected, reconnect the device. Features USB hubs are not supported. Appears when the USB device is connected via the USB hubs. Disconnect the USB hubs and directly To listen to audio, directly connect the device to the USB port (2.5A). connect device to USB port. 311 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 312 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora® U.S. models Pandora® If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Error Message Solution This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owner’s manual for more details. Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error. There is an unsupported device detected. When safe, please reconnect your device. Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the audio system. Features No stations have been created. When safe, please create a station on the device. There is no active station. Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a station. This PANDORA station is currently not available. Please select another station. Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may Appears when you try to skip a track over the predetermined skip each hour. number of times in an hour. 312 The system is unable to save rating. The system is unable to save bookmark. or The system is unable to skip. Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later. There is no data available. Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated. Reboot the app and reconnect the device. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 313 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora® Error Message Solution The PANDORA app version on your device is not supported. When safe, please update the app and try again later. Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update Pandora® to the latest version. PANDORA is performing system maintenance. Please try again later. Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again later. The system cannot connect to PANDORA. When safe, please check your device. The system is unable to play PANDORA. When safe, login to PANDORA. Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your device. The system is unable to create a new station. Please try again. Appears when there is a temporary error with the audio system. Try again later. The system is unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later. Appears when your connected device has network problems. Check your device. When safe, please check your device. Appears when your connected device has some kind of problem such as being out of the service area. Check that the connected device is within the service area, and then try again to play Pandora®. If the problem persists, consult a dealer. The system is unable to play PANDORA. Music licensing restricts play in this area. Appears when you try playing the Pandora® in the country where the service is not available. Features The maximum number of stations that can be created is 100. Appears when the number of created stations reaches the To create more, please delete one or more previously created limitation. Delete one or more created stations from Pandora® app stations. on the connected device. 313 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 314 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto Apple CarPlay/Android Auto If an error occurs while using the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Error Message Solution Information Screen A charging error has occurred with the connected device. When safe, please check the compatibility of the device and USB cable. Please see your owner's manual for more details. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error. This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owner's manual for more details. Features Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please confirm the Appears when Apple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize USB connection. your device. Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please confirm the Check if your device is compatible with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, or the latest version of the app is installed on your device. USB connection. Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please try again. Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please try again. Appears when Apple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize your device. Reconnect your device and try again. Appears when your connected device is incompatible with Apple Unable to start Apple CarPlay with your device. Your device is CarPlay. connected in digital audio mode. Check if your device is compatible with Apple CarPlay. 314 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 315 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto Error Message Solution This device is not compatible with Android Auto. Appears when your connected device is incompatible with Android Auto. Check if your device is compatible with Android Auto or the latest version of the app is installed on your device. Please update to the latest version of Android Auto. Appears when your version of the Android Auto is not supported. Update Android Auto to the latest version. Connection failed. Please confirm Bluetooth connection status and try again. Appears when Bluetooth® connection is failed. Check the Bluetooth® connection of this audio system and your connected device. Features 315 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 316 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 General Information on the Audio System SiriusXM® Radio Service ■ Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio 1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, select channel up/down icons until CH000 and the radio ID appears. 2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM® website to subscribe. ■ Receiving SiriusXM® Radio Features Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by pressing the SOURCE button on the steering wheel, or through the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception. ■ SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages Loading...: SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information. No Signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Unsubscribed channel: You are not subscribed to the channel selected. Unavailable channel: No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or title information is unavailable. Check the antenna, Disconnected antenna, Shorted antenna: There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer. 316 1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio: • U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com/ subscribenow or 1-877-447-0011 • Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/ subscribe-now or 1-877-209-0079 1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator. You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: • In a location with an obstruction to the south of your vehicle. • In tunnels • On the lower level of a multi-tiered road • Large items carried on the roof rack 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 317 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uRecommended CDs Recommended CDs • Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use. • Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed. • Play only standard round-shaped CDs. The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks. 1Recommended CDs A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not play either. 1Protecting CDs NOTICE ■ CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files Examples: ● Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick CDs ■ Protecting CDs Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs: • Store a CD in its case when it is not being played. • When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge. • Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface. • Never insert foreign objects into the CD player. • Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. • Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD. • Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD. Bubbled/ Wrinkled ● ● With Label/ Sticker Features • Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. • Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported. Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside and damage the audio unit. Using Printer Label Kit Sealed With Plastic Ring ● Poor quality Damaged CDs CDs Chipped/ Cracked Small CDs Warped Burrs 3-inch (8-cm) CD 317 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 318 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives ■ iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility Model iPod (5th generation) iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007) iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008) iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009) iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012 iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012 iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/ iPhone 6s/iPhone 7 Features 318 ■ USB Flash Drives • • • • • A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported. 1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility This system may not work with all software versions of these devices. 1USB Flash Drives Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 319 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Honda App License Agreement ■ END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919 TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. Features A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services. B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property. 1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a) as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT 2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the “HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while you are using the SOFTWARE. Continued 319 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 320 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement 3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone. Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual or within the SOFTWARE. Features 4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants, conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information, targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE. 5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use. (a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA (any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. 320 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 321 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Features (b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not: (1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation, HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION; (2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES; (3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any way; (4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights; (5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver distraction laws, rules or regulations; (6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions, and privacy policies; or (7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software licenses. 6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors, affiliates, or suppliers. Continued 321 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 322 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement 7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other governments. C. SOFTWARE Operation 1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA. Features 2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information. 3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES. 4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of such websites and content. 322 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 323 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement 5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE. 7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void. Features 6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-theair, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings 1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude), travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts, or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent. Continued 323 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 324 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement 2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls, routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices. Features 3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a) consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process. 4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could result in a crash. 324 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 325 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement E. Information Collection and Storage 1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services. HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you. HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others, but not in a form that personally identifies you. 2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information. Features (a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE (“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows, battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes, diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period of time necessary to fulfill these goals. (b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data (latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS. (c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility. Continued 325 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 326 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Features F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, noninfringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may not apply to you. G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights. 1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney's fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. 326 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 327 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement 2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential, indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including, without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you, and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES interruptions of any length. Features (a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA, PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence, strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES. H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES. Continued 327 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 328 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. Features J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION. K. Termination and Transfer. 1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason, and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. 2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION. 328 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 329 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification, suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Continued Features M.ARBITRATION: PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION. Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration. YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.. YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers, HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous. 329 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 330 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA. This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out. Features 330 N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 331 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto ■ OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING APPLE'S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY. Continued Features USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO. 331 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 332 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto ■ DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY Features YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE, SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC., SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY (CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. 332 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 333 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses About Open Source Licenses ■ Important information on the software About the software license of the product The software installed in the product contains open source software. See the following Alpine website for details on the open source software. http://www.alpine.com/h/e/oss/download/ Features 333 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 334 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense information * License information * ■ DOLBY DIGITAL * Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Features ■ DTS For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks, and DTS Digital Surround and Neural Surround are trademarks of DTS, Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 334 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 335 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Rear Entertainment System (RES) * Allows the rear passengers to enjoy a different entertainment source, such as DVD, CD, and radio, than the front passengers. Wireless Headphones CAUTION: Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure The Rear Entertainment System remote complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines. The Rear Entertainment System remote should be kept at least 7.9 inch (20 cm) or more away from a person’s body when operated. 1Wireless Headphones Your vehicle comes with two wireless headphones. Wear the headphone correctly with the earpiece marked with L goes to your left ear and R goes to your right ear. Wearing the headphone backward may affect the audio reception. Features The rear seat passengers can listen to audio from the rear entertainment system by a wireless headphone that comes with your vehicle. To turn on the switch: Press the (power) Volume Dial button at the right earpiece. The indicator Indicator comes on. To adjust the volume: Turn the dial at the right earpiece. 1Rear Entertainment System (RES) * (Power) Button * Not available on all models 335 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 336 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uAuxiliary Console Panel Auxiliary Console Panel Auxiliary input jacks and headphone connectors for the rear entertainment system are on the back of the front console compartment. V = Video jack L = Left audio jack R = Right audio jack Volume Control Knob Features Auxiliary Input Jacks Headphone Connectors ■ Auxiliary input jacks The system will accept auxiliary inputs from standard video games and video equipment. Some video game power supplies may cause poor picture quality. ■ Headphone connectors The headphones can also be used by connecting to the auxiliary console panel. There are two headphone connectors for the rear passengers. Each connector has its own volume control. 336 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 337 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uHDMITM Port Models with ultrawide RES TM HDMI Port There is an HDMI port on the back of the front console compartment. The system will accept HDMI input from video games and video equipment which are equipped with an HDMI port. Open the outlet cover and insert the cable. 1HDMITM Port • Do not leave the HDMI connected device in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it. • We recommend keeping your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle. • Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version. Features The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries. 337 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 338 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uOverhead Screen Overhead Screen Models with RES 1Overhead Screen Pull down the screen to the first or second detent until it latches. Overhead Screen Models with ultrawide RES Features Press the open button to open and pull down the screen. Overhead Screen 338 Open Button You can use the rear control panel as a remote. Press the release button to detach it. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 339 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uOperating the System Operating the System To operate the system, set the power mode to ON or ACCESSORY. Press the REAR (power) button to turn on the system. REAR (Power) Button Features 339 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 340 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation Rear Control Panel Operation The rear passengers can operate the system with the rear control panel. Models with RES Audio Source Button Press to select the audio source. (Power) Button Press to turn the system on or off (when rear power is turned on). Features (Light-up) Button Press to illuminate the buttons on the rear control panel. CH/FOLDER Bar Press to change the channel (Radio) or folder (Disc/USB). TUNE/SKIP Bar Press or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal (FM/AM). Press or to change tracks. Press and hold to move rapidly within a track/file (Disc/ USB/DVD). 340 MENU Button Press to display the audio menu. 3, 4, , and ENTER Buttons Use 3, 4, , or to highlight a menu item, and press the ENTER button to make a selection. SETUP Button Press to display the setup items. CANCEL Button Press to go back to the previous display or operation. CATEGORY Bar Press to change the category (SiriusXM®). TITLE SCROLL Button Press to display the track title, artist, and other text information. (Play/Pause) Button Press to play or pause the playback. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 341 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation Models with ultrawide RES DUAL Button Press to change the screen mode to dual. SINGLE Button Press to change the screen mode to single. SOURCE Button Press to select the audio source. (Power) Button Press to turn the system on or off (when rear power is turned on). CH/FOLDER Bar Press to change the channel (Radio) or folder (Disc/USB). MENU Button Press to display the audio menu. Interface Dial, 3/4/ / (Directional) Buttons, and ENTER Button Rotate the interface dial or press directional button to select items. Press the ENTER button to make a selection. DVD bar Press to change the DVD mode. Features (Light-up) Button Press to illuminate the buttons on the rear control panel. SWAP Button Press to swap left side screen and right side screen. AUX bar Press to change the input source toggling through the auxiliary input jack(s), HDMI port and USB port (2.5A). SETUP Button Press to display the setup items. TUNE/SKIP Bar Press or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal (FM/AM). Press or to change tracks. Press and hold to move rapidly within a track/file (Disc/ USB/DVD). CANCEL Button Press to go back to the previous display or operation. (Play/Pause) Button Press to play or pause the playback. TITLE SCROLL Button Press to display the track title, artist, and other text information. CATEGORY Bar Press to change the category (SiriusXM®). Continued 341 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 342 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation ■ Selecting the Audio Source 1Rear Control Panel Operation Models with RES 1. Press the REAR (power) button on the front control panel. 2. Press the audio source button on the rear control panel. u You can also change the audio source by the front control panel. In the procedures of this section, “select” means the following actions: Models with RES 2 Front Control Panel Operation P. 352 3. Select a station, channel, track, or chapter using the CH/FOLDER, TUNE/SKIP, or CATEGORY bars. 2 Rear Control Panel Operation P. 340 Press the cursor buttons on the rear control panel. Models with ultrawide RES Features 1. Press the REAR (power) button on the front control panel. 2. Press the SOURCE button on the rear control panel. 3. Select the audio source. Press the ENTER button. u You can also change the audio source by the front control panel. 2 Front Control Panel Operation P. 352 4. Select a station, channel, track, or chapter using the CH/FOLDER, TUNE/SKIP, or CATEGORY bars. Models with ultrawide RES Rotate the interface dial or press the directional buttons on the rear control panel. The rear control panel can be detached from the ceiling unit and used as a remote control. 2 Overhead Screen P. 338 In this section, screen illustrations from the standard RES are used for the explanation unless otherwise noted. The screen is displayed on the overhead screen. 342 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 343 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation ■ Rear DVD Menu 1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. Features The following items are available: • Top Menu: Displays the top menu of the DVD. • Menu: Displays the menu of the DVD. • Play Mode: Displays while a DVD is playing and changes the DVD’s audio, subtitle, or angle settings. 2 Setting the play mode P. 344 • Initial Settings *: Displays while a DVD is not playing and changes the DVD preferences. 2 DVD Initial Settings P. 349 • Search/NumInput: Skips to a title or chapter by entering the number. 2 Searching a title/chapter P. 345 • Repeat: (title repeat): Repeats the current title. (chapter repeat): Repeats the current chapter. • Pause/Play: Pause or play the playback. • Stop: Stops the playback. • Return: Hides the rear audio menu. * Not available on all models Continued 343 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 344 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation ■ Setting the play mode 1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Play Mode. Press the ENTER button. 3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 4. Select an option. Press the ENTER button. Features 344 The following items are available: • Audio: Selects the language of the DVD audio. • Subtitle: Selects the language of the DVD subtitle. • Angle: Selects the angle of a scene shot with multiple cameras. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 345 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation ■ Searching a title/chapter 1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Search/NumInput. Press the ENTER button. 3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 4. Select a number. Press the ENTER button. Features The following items are available: • Title: Skips to a title you specify. • Chapter: Skips to a chapter you specify. • NumInput: Enters a number of a title or chapter to skip. Models with RES Enter a number and select ENT. Press the ENTER button. Models with ultrawide RES Enter a number and press the ENTER button. Select DONE. Continued 345 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 346 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation ■ Screen and Surround Settings 1. Press the SETUP button (in DVD mode). 2. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. Features The following items are available: • Brightness *: Adjusts the screen’s brightness. Adjust the brightness using the interface dial and press the ENTER button. • Appearance *: Selects the color of the rear menu screen. • Display Adjust: Adjusts the screen’s preferences. 2 Adjusting the screen P. 347 • Aspect Ratio: Selects an aspect ratio of the image. 2 Setting the aspect ratio P. 348 • PERSONAL SURROUND: Sets the surround of the wireless headphones. You can choose from three options: Music, Cinema, or Voice. Select Off to disable the feature. • Language: Sets the system language used on all screens. You can choose from three languages: English, Français (French), or Español (Spanish). 346 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 347 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation ■ Adjusting the screen 1. Press the SETUP button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Display Adjust. Press the ENTER button. 3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 4. Make the adjustment. Press the ENTER button. * Not available on all models Features The following items are available: • Brightness *: Adjusts the screen’s brightness. • Contrast: Adjusts the screen’s contrast. • Black Level: Adjusts the screen’s black level. • Color: Adjusts the screen’s color strength. • Tint: Adjusts the screen’s hue. • Reset: Resets all the settings to their factory default. Continued 347 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 348 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation ■ Setting the aspect ratio Models with RES 1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Aspect Ratio. Press the ENTER button. 3. Select an option. Press the ENTER button. Models with ultrawide RES Features 1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Aspect Ratio. Press the ENTER button. 3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 4. Select an option. Press the ENTER button. The following items are available: • Wide: Selects the wide screen option (Normal, Full, Super Full, Ultra Full). • Zoom: Selects the zoom screen option (Super Zoom, Ultra Zoom). 348 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 349 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation Models with RES ■ DVD Initial Settings 1DVD Initial Settings Set the DVD default settings so that you do not have to select the settings each time you play a DVD. 1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Initial Settings. Press the ENTER button. 3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 4. Select an option. Press the ENTER button. Each item can be selected when DVD playback is stopped. Features The following items are available: • Language Settings: Selects a menu language of the DVD (top) menu. 2 Selecting the DVD menu language P. 350 • Dynamic Range: Sets whether to control the range of the loud and low sounds. On: Adjusts the dynamic range to easily hear the low sound. Off (factory default): Disables the feature. • Angle Mark: Sets whether to display the angle symbol. On: Displays the angle symbol when playing the multiple angle scenes. Off (factory default): Disables the feature. Continued 349 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 350 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation ■ Selecting the DVD menu language 1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Initial Settings. Press the ENTER button. 3. Select Language Settings. Press the ENTER button. 4. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 5. Select a language. Press the ENTER button. Models with ultrawide RES Features ■ Dual Screen Mode Select between the two screen modes, single or dual. 2 Rear Control Panel Operation P. 340 ■ Single mode The selected source is displayed in the center of the screen. ■ Dual mode Two separate screens are displayed side by side. You can only select one output source from the front audio system. The other source must come from “REAR AUX Video” or “REAR AUX HDMI”. 350 1Selecting the DVD menu language When you select Other, enter a 4-digit language code. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 351 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uRear Control Panel Operation ■ Single mode to dual mode DVD Press the DUAL button. Select the side (e.g., “Left”). Select a source (e.g., “REAR AUX Video”). DVD REAR AUX Video REAR AUX Video DVD Features Press the SWAP button. ■ Dual mode to single mode REAR AUX Video DVD DVD Press the SINGLE button. Select a source (e.g., “DVD”). 351 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 352 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uFront Control Panel Operation Front Control Panel Operation Operate the Rear Entertainment System (RES) from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. ■ Selecting the Audio Source using Front Control Panel Features 1. Press the REAR (power) button on the front control panel. 2. Select Front/Rear to switch Rear mode. 3. Select Source. u The rear source is displayed on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. 4. Select the audio source on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. u The rear source is heard from the front speakers. 5. Select a station, channel, track, or chapter in the same way as the front audio system. 2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240 352 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 353 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uFront Control Panel Operation ■ Operating the DVD Rear Entertainment System Source Select to change an audio source. Title Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next title, and to skip to the beginning of the previous title. Audio Menu Select to display the menu items. VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Top Menu Select to displays the top page of the DVD’s title menu. (Information) Icon Select to displays the current DVD details. Select to displays the previous screen. Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current chapter or title. Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a DVD. Stop Icon Select to stop the playback. Features Front/Rear Select to changes between the front side audio source selection and rear side audio source selection. Menu Select to displays the menu. Advanced Select to displays the DVD setting menu. Chapter Up/Down Icons Select or to change chapters. Select and hold to fast forward and reverse. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Continued 353 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 354 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uFront Control Panel Operation ■ DVD Setup 1Operating the DVD Rear Entertainment System 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select DVD. Play Mode Menu Item Repeat (repeat off): Repeat mode to off. (repeat chapter): Repeats the current chapter. (repeat title): Repeats the current title. Features 354 The following items are available: • DVD Auto Play: Turns the auto play feature on or off. • Audio Language: Selects a language for the audio that is available on the DVD. • Subtitle Language: Selects a language for the subtitle that is available on the DVD. • Menu Language: Selects a language for the DVD menu that is available on the DVD. • Dynamic Range: Sets whether to control the range of the loud and low sounds. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 355 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uFront Control Panel Operation ■ Setting the DVD Menu Select Advanced. Continued Features The following items are available: • Audio/Subtitle: Selects the language of the DVD audio and the DVD subtitle. • Angle: Selects the angle of a scene shot with multiple cameras. • Number Input: Enters a number of a title or chapter to skip. • Return: Return to the previous screen. • Search: Skips to a title or chapter. 355 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 356 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uFront Control Panel Operation ■ Rear System Setup 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select RES Settings. Features 356 The following items are available: • Rear Control: Sets whether to use the rear control panel to control the RES. When setting is set to On, operates the RES using the rear control panel. • Rear Speaker: Sets the front audio source to play through the rear speakers, even when the RES is on. The RES source can only be heard through the wireless headphones. When setting is set to On, outputs the sound of the front source to the rear speakers. • Single/Dual Screen Mode *: Selects a source to continue playing when you switch from dual mode to single mode on the overhead screen. * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 357 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRear Entertainment System (RES) * uPlayable Discs Playable Discs The discs that come with these labels can be played in your vehicle’s rear entertainment system. Also look for the region code of 1 or ALL on the package or jacket on the disc. DVD-ROMs are not playable in this unit. The disc packages or jackets should have one of these marks. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Rovi Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Rovi Corporation. Reverse engineering and disassembly are prohibited. For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks, and DTS Digital Surround and Neural Surround are trademarks of DTS, Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Features Also includes: 1Playable Discs Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Pro Logic, MLP Lossless and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. 357 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 358 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Customized Features Use the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to customize certain features. Information Screen ■ How to customize Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press . Information Screen 1Customized Features When you customize settings, make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop and transmission is put into (P . Information Screen To customize other features, rotate , move or , and press . 2 List of customizable options P. 365 , , 1How to customize Features The following settings can be customized on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. • Edit Source Order • Sound Settings • Edit/Delete HDD Music * • Audio Settings • Screen Settings • RES Settings * 2 How to customize P. 381 SETTINGS Button 358 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 359 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Information Screen ■ Customization flow Press the SETTINGS button. Navigation Settings* Bluetooth Default Bluetooth Bluetooth Device List Features Bluetooth/ Phone Settings See the Navigation System Manual. Edit Pairing Code Phone Text/Email * Not available on all models Edit Speed Dial Auto Transfer Auto Answer Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sync Use Contact Photo Enable Text/Email Select Account New Text/Email Alert Message Auto Reading * Continued 359 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 360 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Camera Settings*1 Camera Settings*2 Default Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline Default Camera Settings Cross Traffic Monitor Features Camera Settings*3 Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline Cross Traffic Monitor Default Surround View Camera Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline Auto Show Camera after Reverse Default Camera Mode in Forward Default Camera Mode in Reverse Show Camera When Decelerating Clear Parking Guidance Automatically Display Cross Traffic Monitor Cross Traffic Monitor *1 : Models without cross traffic monitor *2 : Models with cross traffic monitor and multi-view rear camera *3 : Models with surround view camera system 360 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 361 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Vehicle Settings Default Driver Assist Driving Position * Not available on all models Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display “Trip A” Reset Timing “Trip B” Reset Timing Reverse Alert Tone Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens * Turn by Turn Display * Features Meter Forward Collision Warning Distance ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep ACC Display Speed Unit Road Departure Mitigation Setting Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep Blind Spot Info * Memory Position Link Easy Entry/Exit Continued 361 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 362 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Keyless Access Interior Light Dimming Time Headlight Auto Off Timer Auto Light Sensitivity Door Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back Security Relock Timer Auto Folding Door Mirror * Features Lighting Power Tailgate Dynamic Mode Maintenance Info. 362 * Not available on all models Door Unlock Mode Keyless Access Light Flash Keyless Access Beep Remote Start System On/Off * Walk Away Auto Lock Keyless Open Mode Power Open By Outer Handle Preferred Dynamic Mode Maintenance Reset 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 363 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Clock Settings * Not available on all models Default AcuraLink Msg Notice Delete AcuraLink Messages AcuraLink Subscription Status Features AcuraLink Settings * Default Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock Adjustment Clock Format Auto Time Zone * Auto Daylight * Clock Reset Continued 363 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 364 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu System Settings Default Display Sync Display Brightness Brightness Contrast Black Level Feedback * Guidance Volume Verbal Reminder Features Voice Reco. Others Smartphone Settings 364 * Not available on all models Voice Prompt Song By Voice * Song By Voice Phonetic Modification * Phonebook Phonetic Modification * Guidance Volume * Units * Language Operation Restriction Tips * Header Clock Display System Device Information * Factory Data Reset Default Apple CarPlay Device List Android Auto Device List Smartphone Volume 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 365 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Information Screen ■ List of customizable options Setup Group Customizable Features Yes/No Bluetooth Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On*1/Off Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired phone, or creates a security PIN. Edit Pairing Code Edit Speed Dial Phone — 2 Phone Setup P. 401 Changes a pairing code. 2 To change the pairing code setting P. 403 Random/Fixed*1 Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry. Features Bluetooth/ Phone Settings Selectable Settings Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Bluetooth/Phone Settings group as default. Default Bluetooth Description — 2 Phone Setup P. 401 Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. On*1/Off Auto Answer Sets whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four seconds. On/Off*1 *1:Default Setting Continued 365 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 366 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Phone Features Bluetooth/ Phone Settings Text/Email *1:Default Setting 366 * Not available on all models Description Selectable Settings Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile Phone*1/Off Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On/Off Use Contact Photo Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen. On*1/Off Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail message function on and off. On*1/Off Select Account Selects a mail or text message account. — New Text/Email Alert Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new text message/Email. — Message Auto Reading * Selects whether the system automatically reads out messages, and, if selected, whether only when driving. On*1/Off 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 367 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Models without cross traffic monitor Camera Settings Camera Settings Description Selectable Settings Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Camera Settings group as default. Yes/No Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the rear camera monitor. On*1/Off Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on the rear camera monitor. On*1/Off Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Camera Settings group as default. Yes/No Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the rear camera monitor. On*1/Off Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on the rear camera monitor. On*1/Off Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. On*1/Off Rear Camera Cross Traffic Monitor Features Models with cross traffic monitor and multi-view rear camera Customizable Features *1:Default Setting Continued 367 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 368 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Features Camera Settings Surround View Camera *1:Default Setting 368 Selectable Settings Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Camera Settings group as default. Yes/No Fixed Guideline Sets whether to turn on the reference line display. On*1/Off Dynamic Guideline Sets whether to turn on the projection line display. On*1/Off Auto Show Camera after Reverse Sets the rear view to be automatically switched to the front view when the transmission is out of (R . On/Off*1 Default Camera Mode in Forward Sets which screen to display when the surround view camera system is turned on while the vehicle is moving forward. (Front Ground View)*1/Last Used/ (Front Wide View)/ (Side View) Default Camera Mode in Reverse Sets which screen to display when the surround view camera system is turned on while the vehicle is reversing. (Rear Ground View)*1/Last Used/ (Rear Normal View)/ (Rear Wide View) Show Camera When Decelerating Sets the screen to automatically return to the camera view at vehicle speeds of 7 mph (12 km/h) or lower. On/Off*1 Default Models with surround view camera system Description 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 369 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Models with surround view camera system Camera Settings Customizable Features Surround View Camera Cross Traffic Monitor Description Clear Parking Guidance Automatically Turns the parking guide lines on and off. Display*2 Adjusts the screen’s preferences. Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. Selectable Settings On*1/Off — On*1/Off Features *1:Default Setting *2:Appears only when frontal camera view is displayed. Continued 369 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 370 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Features Driver Assist *1:Default Setting 370 * Not available on all models Selectable Settings Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Vehicle Settings group as default. Yes/No Forward Collision Warning Distance Changes at which distance CMBSTM alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range. On/Off*1 ACC Display Speed Unit Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the MID. mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada) Road Departure Mitigation Setting Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system. Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off*1 Blind Spot Info * Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/ Off Default Vehicle Settings Description 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 371 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Description Selectable Settings Language Selection Changes the displayed language on the MID. English*1/Français/ Español Adjust Outside Temp. Display Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. -5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.) -3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada) “Trip A” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A. When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1 “Trip B” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B. When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1 Reverse Alert Tone Causes the beeper to sound once when the transmission is put into (R . On*1/Off Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens * Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop display comes on. On/Off*1 Turn by Turn Display * Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance. On*1/Off Meter Features Vehicle Settings Customizable Features *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 371 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 372 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Features Keyless Access *1:Default Setting 372 * Not available on all models Selectable Settings Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off. On*1/Off Easy Entry/Exit Moves the seat fully rearward and steering wheel fully up when you get in/get out of the vehicle. Changes the setting for this feature. Seat & Steering Wheel*1/Seat Only/ Steering Wheel Only/Off Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the driver’s door handle. Driver’s Door or Tailgate Only*1/All Doors Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/ lock the doors. On*1/Off Remote Start System On/Off * Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off Walk Away Auto Lock Changes the settings for the automatic locking the doors when you walk away from the vehicle while carrying the keyless access remote. On/Off*1 Driving Position Vehicle Settings Description 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 373 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Vehicle Settings Customizable Features Lighting Description Selectable Settings Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors. 60seconds/ 30seconds*1/ 15seconds Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the driver’s door. 60seconds/ 30seconds/ 15seconds*1/ 0seconds Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/ Low/Min *1:Default Setting Continued Features Interior Light Dimming Time 373 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 374 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Features Door *1:Default Setting 374 * Not available on all models Selectable Settings Changes the setting for when the doors automatically lock. With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift from P/ Off Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors unlock automatically. All Doors When Driver’s Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted to Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off Key And Remote Unlock Mode Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock on the first push of the remote or built-in key. Driver Door*1/All Doors Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door. 90seconds/ 60seconds/ 30seconds*1 Auto Folding Door Mirror * Changes how you can fold the door mirrors. Auto Fold With Keyless*1/Manual Only Auto Door Lock Vehicle Settings Description 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 375 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Changes the keyless setting for when the power tailgate opens. Anytime*1/When Unlocked Power Open By Outer Handle Selects whether to enable the power tailgate open operation using the tailgate outer handle. Off (Manual only)/ On (Power/ Manual)*1 Dynamic Mode Preferred Dynamic Mode Changes the dynamic mode setting for when you set the power mode to ON. Last Used*1/Comfort/ Normal/Sport Maintenance Info. Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service. — Power Tailgate Vehicle Settings Features Keyless Open Mode *1:Default Setting Continued 375 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 376 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Default Clock Clock/ Wallpaper Type Description Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Clock Settings group as default. Yes/No Changes the clock display type. Analog/Digital*1/ Small Digital/Off ● Wallpaper Selectable Settings ● ● Changes the wallpaper type. Imports an image file for a new wallpaper. Deletes an image file for a wallpaper. Blank/Galaxy*1/ Metallic/Options... 2 Wallpaper Setup P. 247 Features Clock Settings Clock Adjustment — 2 Wallpaper Setup P. 247 Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H Auto Time Zone * Sets the audio system to automatically adjust the clock when driving through different time zones. On*1/Off Auto Daylight * Sets the audio system to automatically adjust the clock (“spring ahead” or “fall back” by one hour) when a daylight saving time change occurs. On*1/Off Clock Reset Resets the clock settings to the factory default. Yes/No *1:Default Setting 376 Adjusts Clock. * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 377 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group AcuraLink Settings * Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the AcuraLink Settings group as default. Yes/No AcuraLink Msg Notice Selects whether newly received AcuraLink messages are to be displayed. On*1/Off Delete AcuraLink Message Deletes AcuraLink messages. — AcuraLink Subscription Status Displays your current AcuraLink subscription status. — Features *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 377 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 378 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Display Selectable Settings Cancels/Resets all customized items in the System Settings group as default. Yes/No Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the display brightness synchronizes with the instrument panel brightness. On*1/Off Brightness Changes the brightness of the information screen. — Contrast Changes the contrast of the information screen. — Black Level Changes the black level of the information screen. — Guidance Volume Changes the volume of the audio speakers. 0~8*1~11 Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On*1/Off Default System Settings Description Features Feedback * *1:Default Setting 378 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 379 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Models without navigation system Voice Prompt • Beginner: Explains each option. • Expert: Turns off voice prompts. Models with navigation system Turns the voice prompt on and off. System Settings Voice Reco. Song By Voice * 2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 287 Modifies a voice command for music stored in the HDD or an iPod. On*1/Off On*1/Off Features Song By Voice Phonetic Modification * Turns the Song By VoiceTM on and off. Beginner*1/Expert — 2 Phonetic Modification P. 289 Phonebook Phonetic Modification * Modifies a voice command for the phonebook. Guidance Volume * Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 2 Phonebook Phonetic Modification * P. 416 — — *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 379 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 380 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group System Settings Customizable Features Others Features Changes the distance unit on the navigation map screen. mile*1/km (U.S.) mile/km*1 (Canada) Language Changes the display language. English*1/Français/ Español Operation Restriction Tips * Alerts you when manual control of the system is disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only voice commands are available. On*1/Off Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On*1/Off System Device Information * Displays the system/device information. — Resets all the settings to their factory default. — 2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 389 Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Smartphone Settings group as default. Apple CarPlay Device List Sets up the Apple CarPlay connection. — Android Auto Device List Sets up the Android Auto connection. — Smartphone Volume Adjusts the volume of the smartphone function. Version Shows software version of Apple CarPlay and Android Auto unit. *1:Default Setting 380 Selectable Settings Units * Factory Data Reset Smartphone Settings Description * Not available on all models Yes/No 1~8*1~11 — 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 381 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ How to customize While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select Audio Menu, then select a setting item. Continued Features On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 381 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 382 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ Customization flow Select Audio Menu. Edit Source Order Sound Settings Features Bass Treble Fader Balance Center * Subwoofer SVC DTS Neural Surround * Edit/Delete HDD Music * Audio Settings SiriusXM CD/HDD * 382 * Not available on all models Play the Song from the Beginning SportsFlash Traffic & Weather Now Setup Channel Art TuneMix Recording Recording from CD Options Recording Quality HDD Information Update Gracenote Album Information Delete All HDD Data 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 383 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu DVD * DVD Auto Play Audio Language Subtitle Language Menu Language Dynamic Range Other HD Radio Mode * Cover Art Screen Settings Sync Display Brightness Features Brightness Contrast Black Level Beep Keyboard RES Settings * Rear Control Rear Speaker Single/Dual Screen Mode * * Not available on all models Continued 383 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 384 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ■ List of customizable options Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Changes the order of source list. Edit Source Order — 2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240 Bass Treble Fader Features Balance Sound Settings Center * Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s sound. — 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 249 Subwoofer SVC DTS Neural Surround * Edit/Delete HDD Music Change the playlist name, album name, genre, and track order of the current playlist. You can also delete tracks, playlists, and albums. * — 2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 277 Audio Settings SiriusXM Play the Song from the Beginning *1:Default Setting 384 * Not available on all models Turns on and off the Tune Start function. On/Off*1 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 385 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Disable/Enable once/ Enable*1 Beep Causes the system to beep when the sports alert is notified. On*1/Off Favorite Teams Selects your favorite sport teams. — Traffic & Weather Now Setup Selects a city for using the SiriusXM® traffic and weather information. — Channel Art Turns on and off the channel art display. On*1/Off TuneMix Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On/Off*1 Recording from CD Selects whether the songs on music CDs are automatically recorded to the HDD. Auto*1/Manual Recording Quality Selects the quality of the music files recorded to the HDD. Standard*1/High Recording Options HDD Information Displays the HDD capacity. Update Gracenote Album Information Updates the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote® Media Database) from CD or USB. Delete All HDD Data 2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 283 Features Turns on and off the sports alert function. SiriusXM CD/ HDD * Selectable Settings Notification SportsFlash Audio Settings Description — Update by CD/ Update by USB — *1:Default Setting * Not available on all models Continued 385 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 386 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features DVD * Features Audio Settings Selectable Settings DVD Auto Play Turns the auto play feature on or off. Audio Language Selects a language for the audio that is available on the DVD. — Subtitle Language Selects a language for the subtitle that is available on the DVD. — Menu Language Selects a language for the DVD menu that is available on the DVD. — Dynamic Range Sets whether to control the range of the loud and low sounds. On*1/Off HD Radio Mode * Selects whether the audio system automatically switches to the digital radio waves or receives the analog waves only. Auto*1/Analog Cover Art Turns on and off the cover art display. On*1/Off Other *1:Default Setting 386 Description * Not available on all models On*1/Off 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 387 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness. Brightness Changes the brightness of the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM. — Contrast Changes the contrast of the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM. — Black Level Changes the black level of the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM. — Beep Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen. Off/On*1 Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type. Alphabet/QWERTY*1 Screen Settings Off/On*1 Features *1:Default Setting Continued 387 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 388 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized Featuresu Setup Group RES Settings * Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings Select weather to use the rear control panel to control the RES. On*1/Off Rear Speaker Sets the front audio source to play through the rear speakers, even when the RES is on. The RES source can only be heard through the wireless headphones. On*1/Off Single/Dual Screen Mode * Selects a source to continue playing when you switch from dual mode to single mode on the overhead screen. Features Rear Control *1:Default Setting 388 * Not available on all models — 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 389 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings Defaulting All the Settings * Not available on all models 1Defaulting All the Settings When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data. Models with navigation system Driver 1 and Driver 2 has stored each settings and personal data separatory. Perform both Driver 1 and Driver 2 data reset. The following settings will be reset: • Routing & Guidance *: Rerouting, Unverified Area Routing, Traffic Rerouting, Edit Waypoint Search Area, Guidance Mode, Street Name Guidance • Route Preference * • Audio preset settings • Phonebook entries • Other display and each item settings Features You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 4. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u The confirmation message will appear. 5. Rotate to select Yes, then press again to reset the settings. u The confirmation message will appear. Press to select OK. 389 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 390 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems. ■ Important Safety Precautions Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer. Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage. Features 390 When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s path. 1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 391 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink Training HomeLink If it is necessary to erase a previously entered learned code: • Press and hold the two outside buttons for about 20 seconds, until the red indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1. • If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1. Red Indicator The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener, visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515. Features Continued 391 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 392 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink ■ Training a Button 1Training HomeLink Retraining a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure: 1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program. 2. Press and release the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds. NO YES Features 3. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a sec. Does the device (garage door opener) work? YES YES NO 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink. NO Press and release the HomeLink button. Press and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds. 4. Press and hold the HomeLink button again. Training Complete HomeLink LED is constantly on. 5. Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate. Training Complete 392 HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks. A. The remote has a rolling code. Press the “learn” button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener). B. Within 30 secs, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs. Standard transmitter Rolling code transmitter Indicator remains on for about 25 secs. Indicator remains on for about 25 secs. 2. Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” You do not need to press and release the HomeLink button again in step 2. Erasing Codes To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes before selling the vehicle. If you have any problems, see the device’s instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call HomeLink at (800) 355-3515. HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex Corporation. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 393 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone. Using HFL ■ HFL Buttons Volume up Pick-up Button Voice control tips: • Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the Interface Dial (Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the MID or to answer an incoming call. (Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to clear the phone information on the MID. (Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands. PHONE button: Press to go directly to the phone menu screen. Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button): Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move , , or to select secondary menu. Continued Features PHONE Button Hang-up/Back Button Talk Button Place your phone where you can get good reception. To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: • U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1888-528-7876. • Canada: For more information on smartphone compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876. To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On. If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay, HFL is unavailable. 2 Customized Features P. 358 Microphone Volume down 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone. • Press and release the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep. • If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted. • To change the volume level, use the audio system’s volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel. State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. 393 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 394 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL ■ HFL Status Display 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® The On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM notifies you when there is an incoming call. Bluetooth® Indicator Roam Status Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL. Signal Strength Battery Level Status If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation an after ending the call. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended. Information Screen Features 1HFL Status Display HFL Mode The information that appears on the information screen varies between phone models. Caller’s Name or Caller’s Number On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM 394 You can change the system language. 2 Customized Features P. 358 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 395 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL ■ Limitations for Manual Operation Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped. Disabled Option Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion. 2 Speed Dial P. 413 Features 395 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 396 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL. 1HFL Menus To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked. ■ Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . Default Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled. Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Bluetooth/Phone Settings group as default. Features Bluetooth Bluetooth Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. Connect to Phone Connect a phone to use the HFL. Connect a phone to use the Bluetooth® audio and smartphone function. Connect Both Connect the device to use the all functions of Bluetooth® connection. Disconnect Disconnect a paired phone from the system. Connect to Audio (Existing entry list) Bluetooth Device List 396 * Not available on all models Edit Device Name * Edit the user name of a paired phone. Replace This Device Create a security PIN for a paired phone. Replace a previously paired phone with a new phone. Delete This Device Delete a previously paired phone. Edit PIN 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 397 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Add Bluetooth Device Edit Pairing Code Pair a phone to the system. Changes a pairing code. Delete All Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers. Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Import from Select a phone number from the Phonebook phonebook to store as a speed dial number. Import from Select a phone number from the call Call History history to store as a speed dial number. Manual Input Phone Edit Speed Dial*1 New Entry ● ● Delete Auto Transfer Auto Answer Ring Tone Edit a previously stored speed dial number. Features Edit (Existing entry list) Change a name * and number. Create or delete a voice tag. Delete a previously stored speed dial number. Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four seconds. Select the ring tone. Automatic Phone Sync*1 Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to Use Contact Photo HFL. Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen. *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. * Not available on all models Continued 397 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 398 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Enable Text/Email Text/Email*1 Select Account New Text/Email Alert Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off. Select a mail or text message account. Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail message. Message Auto Reading * Selects whether the system automatically reads out messages, and, if selected, whether only when driving. Features *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. 398 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 399 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phone Menu screen Press the PHONE button to display the menu items. More Speed Dials Display another paired phone’s speed dial list. Manual Input Speed Dial *1 Import from Phonebook New Entry (Existing entry list) All*2 Call History*1 Dialed Received Missed Phonebook*1 Roadside Assistance * Dial the selected number in the speed dial list. Features Import from Call History Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls. Display the last 20 outgoing calls. Display the last 20 incoming calls. Display the last 20 missed calls. Display the paired phone’s phonebook. Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance service. *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. *2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported. * Not available on all models Continued 399 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 400 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Dial*1 Enter a phone number to dial. Select Account Select a mail or text message account. Previous Next Text/Email*1, *2 Select a message and press . Message is read aloud. View Full Message Features Read Message Aloud/Stop Reading Messages Reply Call Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history. Bluetooth/ Phone Settings Display the Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen. *1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. *2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported. 400 See the previous message. See the next message. Displays the entire message. System reads received message aloud, or stop message from being read. Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases. Make a call to the sender. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 401 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phone Setup 1Phone Setup ■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no Continued Phone Pairing Tips: • You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is moving. • Up to six phones can be paired. • Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is connected to HFL. • If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle. Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following: : The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio. Features phone paired to the system) 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can select Options... and Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, select Options... to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink. 5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen and your phone match. This may vary by phone. 6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls. When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL. 2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting P. 412 If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay, pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is unavailable. 401 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 402 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has Features 402 already been paired to the system) 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device List, then Add Bluetooth Device. 3. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can select Options... and Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, select Options... to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink. 5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen and your phone match. This may vary by phone. 6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 403 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To change the currently paired phone 1To change the pairing code setting The pairing code may be six or four digits depending on your phone. Features 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Select a phone to connect. u HFL disconnects the connected phone and starts searching for another paired phone. 4. Select Connect to Phone, Connect to Audio, or Connect Both. ■ To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit Pairing Code. 3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random, then press . The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one. For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random. Continued 403 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 404 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To replace an already-paired phone Features 404 with a new phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a paired phone you want to replace, then press . 4. Rotate to select Replace This Device, then press . 5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches a new phone. u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone. 6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. 1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial entries, and security PIN information from the previously paired phone. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 405 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a paired phone Continued Features 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to delete, then press . 4. Rotate to select Delete This Device, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful. 405 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 406 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option ■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail message function 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Enable Text/Email. 4. Press to select On or Off. 1To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: • U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1888-528-7876. • Canada: For more information on smartphone compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876. Some text/e-mail features may not be available depending on a cellular phone. Features 406 ■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select New Text/Email Alert. 4. Press to select On or Off. 1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 407 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To set up the auto reading option * 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Message Auto Reading. 4. Press to select On or Off. 1To set up the auto reading option * On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud. Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud. Features * Not available on all models Continued 407 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 408 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To Create a Security PIN Features You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to add a security PIN to, then press . 4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press . 5. Enter a new four-digit number. u Select X to delete. Select X of the Information Screen right side upper screen, the screen returns to the previous screen. 6. Select OK to enter the security PIN. 7. Re-enter the four-digit number. u The screen returns to the screen in step 4. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 408 1To Create a Security PIN If the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 409 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Editing User Name * * Not available on all models Continued Features Edit the user name of a paired phone as follows: 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Edit Device Name, then press . 5. Enter a new name of the phone. u Use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to enter the name, then select OK. 409 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 410 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Automatic Transferring If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Auto Transfer. 4. Press to select On or Off. Features ■ Auto Answer You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Auto Answer. 4. Press to select On or Off. 410 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 411 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Ring Tone 1Ring Tone You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Ring Tone. 3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone or Off, then press . You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Use Contact Photo. 4. Press to select On or Off. Continued Features ■ Use Contact Photo Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker. Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the connected cell phone sounds from the speaker. Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker. 411 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 412 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History ■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to On: When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL. ■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync Features 412 setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Automatic Phone Sync. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press . 1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name. Preference Fax Home Car Mobile Voice Work Other Pager On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL. The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 413 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Speed Dial 1Speed Dial Continued When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and the voice tag name. Features Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select New Entry. 3. Rotate to select a place to choose a number from, then press . From Import from Call History: u Select a number from the call history. From Manual Input: u Input the number manually. From Import from Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell phone’s imported phonebook. 4. When the speed dial is successfully stored from Import from Call History or Import from Phonebook, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press . 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to store a voice tag for the speed dial entry. 413 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 414 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed Features dial number 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press . u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Record, then press . Models without navigation system 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. Models with navigation system 5. Press . u Using the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. 6. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select OK, then press . 414 1Speed Dial Avoid using duplicate voice tags. Avoid using “home” as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.” 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 415 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a voice tag Features 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press . u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Clear, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . ■ To delete a speed dial 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Delete, then press . 4. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . Continued 415 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 416 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Phonebook Phonetic Modification * Features 416 Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands. ■ To add a new voice tag 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic Modification, then press . 4. Rotate to select the phone you want to add phonetic modification to, then press . 5. Rotate to select Options..., then press . 6. Rotate to select New Voice Tag, then press . * Not available on all models 1Phonebook Phonetic Modification * You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 417 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus 7. Move or and rotate to select a contact name, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. Continued Features 8. Rotate to select Modify, then press . 9. Press . u Using the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. 10. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select OK, then press . 11. Rotate to select Options..., then press . 12. Rotate to select OK, then press . 417 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 418 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To modify a voice tag Features 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic Modification, then press . 4. Rotate to select the phone you want to add phonetic modification to, then press . 5. Rotate to select a contact name you want to modify, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 6. Rotate to select Modify, then press . 7. Press . u Using the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag. 8. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select OK, then press . 9. Rotate to select Options..., then press . 10. Rotate to select OK, then press . 418 * Not available on all models 1Phonebook Phonetic Modification * You can only modify or delete contact names for the currently connected phone. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 419 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete a modified voice tag Features 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic Modification, then press . 4. Rotate to select the phone you want to delete phonetic modification, then press . 5. Rotate to select a contact name you want to delete, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 6. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u Items to be deleted are indicated with a trash icon. 7. Rotate to select Options..., then press . 8. Rotate to select OK, then press . Trash Icon Continued 419 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 420 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To delete all modified voice tags Features 420 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic Modification, then press . 4. Rotate to select the phone you want to delete phonetic modification, then press . 5. Rotate to select Options..., then press . 6. Rotate to select Delete All, then press . 7. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 421 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Making a Call 1Making a Call You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial. Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name, or number can be dialed by voice from most screens. Press the button and say “Call” and the voice tag name, “Call by name” and the phonebook name, or “Call” and the phone number. The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters). Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers. Continued Features While there is an active connection with Apple CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple CarPlay. 421 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 422 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using the imported phonebook 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then press . 3. Rotate to select a contact name, then press . u The phonebook is stored alphabetically. 4. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using the imported phonebook You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands. 2 Speed Dial P. 413 Models with navigation system You can use the keyboard on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM for a partial match search. Features Models without navigation system You can use the keyboard on the On Demand MultiUse DisplayTM for an alphabetical search. 422 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 423 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 3. Select a number. u Use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM for entering numbers. 4. Select . ■ To make a call using redial . Continued Features 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Redial, then press u Dialing starts automatically. 423 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 424 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by All*1, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Call History, then press . 3. Move or to select All*1, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 4. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. Features On MID Steering switches 1. Press the button. 2. Move the left selector wheel right to select Call History. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the button. u Dialing starts automatically. *1: This function may not be available depending on a cellular phone. 424 1To make a call using the call history The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.) These icons next to the number indicate the following: : Dialed calls. : Received calls. : Missed calls. Steering switches The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or missed calls. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 425 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press . 3. Rotate to select a number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. On MID Steering switches Continued Rotate to select More Speed Dials to view another paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make a call from that list using the currently connected phone. When a voice tag is stored, press the call the number using the voice tag. 2 Speed Dial P. 413 button to Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name or number can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts. Steering switches The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries. Features 1. Press the button. 2. Move the left selector wheel left to select Speed Dial. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the button. u Dialing starts automatically. 1To make a call using a speed dial entry 425 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 426 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Receiving a Call Information Screen 1Receiving a Call When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming Call screen appears. Press the Press the call. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Features 426 button to answer the call. button to decline or end the Call Waiting Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call. Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 427 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Options During a Call 1Options During a Call Touch Tones: Available on some phones. The following options are available during a call. Information Screen Information Screen Phone Call Active - Transfer to Mobile: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Mute Icon Features On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer to Mobile: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven phone system. The available options are shown on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. Select the option. u The Mute icon is checked when Mute is selected. Select Mute again to turn it off. Continued 427 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 428 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Receiving a Text/E-mail Message Features 428 HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase. 1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text or e-mail message. 2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the message, then press . u The text or e-mail message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading out the message. 3. To discontinue the message read-out, press . 1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud. With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text and e-mail messages. State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/ e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely. When you receive a text or e-mail message for the first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On. 2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice P. 406 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 429 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Selecting a Mail Account 1Selecting a Mail Account If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to be active and receive notifications. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Select Account. 3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an e-mail account you want, then press . You can also select a mail account from the folder list screen or the message list screen. Rotate to select Select Account, then press . Features You can only receive notifications from one text message or mail account at a time. Continued 429 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 430 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Displaying Messages Message List Features 430 Text Message 1Displaying Messages ■ Displaying text messages The icon appears next to an unread message. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press . u Select account if necessary. 3. Rotate to select a message, then press . u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 4. Rotate to select View Full Message. 5. Press to displays the full text of the message. If you delete a message on the phone, the message will also be deleted from the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phone’s outbox. To see the previous or next message, move on the text message screen. or 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 431 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus Folder List Message List ■ Displaying e-mail messages 1Displaying e-mail messages Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the message list screen at the same time. In this case, text messages are titled No Subject. Features 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press . 3. Rotate to select a folder, then press . 4. Rotate to select a message, then press . u The e-mail is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 5. Rotate to select View Full Message. 6. Press to displays the full text of the message. E-mail Message Continued 431 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 432 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Read or stop reading a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 430 2. Rotate to select Stop Reading Messages. 3. Press to stop reading. Press again to start reading the message from the beginning. ■ Reply to a message Features 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 430 2. Rotate to select Reply, then press . 3. Rotate to select the reply message, then press . u Message sent appears on the screen when the reply message was successfully sent. 432 1Reply to a message The available fixed reply messages are as follows: • Talk to you later, I’m driving. • I’m on my way. • I’m running late. • OK • Yes • No You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages. Only certain phones receive and send messages when paired and connected. For a list of compatible phones: • U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1888-528-7876. • Canada: For more information on smartphone compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 433 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Making a call to a sender 1. Go to the text message screen. u The system automatically starts reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying text messages P. 430 2. Rotate to select Call, then press . Features Continued 433 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 434 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus ■ Roadside Assistance * Provides a nationwide service for unexpected incidents. You can call for assistance using a phone paired and connected to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Roadside Assistance, then press . 3. Rotate to select a phone number, then press . u Dialing starts automatically. Features 434 * Not available on all models 1Roadside Assistance * If you are subscribed to a paid AcuraLink package, you can call roadside assistance using the LINK button instead of your phone. 2 AcuraLink® * P. 435 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 435 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 AcuraLink® * Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicle’s status. Canadian models For information on traffic rerouting and traffic information updates, provided by the AcuraLink server, see the Navigation System Manual. ■ In Case of Emergency To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more information about all of its features, contact an Acura dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada). If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit detects that the vehicle is severely impacted, your vehicle will automatically attempt to connect to the AcuraLink operator. Once connected, information about your vehicle, its positioning, and its condition will be sent to the operator; you also can speak to the operator when connected. Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular coverage. You cannot use emergency services when: • You travel outside the AcuraLink service coverage areas. • There is a problem with the connecting devices, such as the ASSIST button, microphone, speakers, or the unit itself. • You are not subscribed to the service or your subscription is no longer valid. Features Information screen AcuraLink also provides services you can operate from the Internet or your smartphone. 1In Case of Emergency ■ Automatic collision notification When connected to the AcuraLink operator: 1AcuraLink® * You cannot operate other navigation or phone related functions using the screens while talking to the operator. Only the operator can terminate the connection to your vehicle. On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 1Automatic collision notification If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it repeatedly tries until it succeeds. * Not available on all models Continued 435 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 436 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAcuraLink® * u ■ Manual operator connection ASSIST Button Features 436 1Manual operator connection If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator in an emergency situation, you can manually connect to them by pressing the ASSIST button with the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON. 1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling console. 2. Press the ASSIST button. u You are connected to the AcuraLink operator. Do not press the button while driving. When you need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a safe place. If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it automatically cancels the action after three minutes. In an emergency, the cover can be broken through to press the ASSIST button. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 437 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAcuraLink® * u ■ Security Features 1Security Features Your subscribed telematics service provider can track your vehicle’s location, remotely lock or unlock doors, and help you find your vehicle. To use these features, you need your user ID and personal identification number (PIN). ■ Stolen vehicle tracking This feature searches and tracks down your vehicle position even if it is on the move. If you believe that your vehicle has been stolen, contact the police as well as the provider. The contact information of your provider, your user ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada). You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/ acuralink (Canada) for details. The provider can remotely lock or unlock doors upon your request. ■ Vehicle finder 1Vehicle finder This feature is convenient to use when trying to locate your vehicle in large areas, such as a crowded parking lot. If you cannot locate your vehicle after using the remote transmitter’s answerback function, you can contact the provider which can then flash your vehicle’s exterior lights and sound the horn. ■ Security alarm notification If the security system in your vehicle detects an abnormal condition, such as someone tampering with the lock on your vehicle, the provider notifies you by your preferred method. Continued Features ■ Remote door lock/unlock The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop sounding under the following conditions: • When 30 seconds have elapsed. • You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter. • You unlock the doors using the keyless access system. • You unlock the doors using the built-in key. • The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON. 437 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 438 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAcuraLink® * u ■ Operator Assistance 1Operator Assistance Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside assistance. 1. Press the LINK button. u Connection to the operator begins. LINK Button Features 438 2. Talk to the operator. u To disconnect, select End Call or press the (Hang-up/back) button on the steering wheel. Remain attentive to road conditions and driving during operator assistance. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 439 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAcuraLink® * u ■ AcuraLink Message Message Icon 1AcuraLink Message AcuraLink sends you messages on vehicle features, safety and emissions recall campaigns, maintenance reminders, and diagnostic information. When you receive a new message, an icon appears on the information screen. ■ Message category Messages may not appear immediately after your vehicle purchase. It can take several days for your dealer to register your vehicle’s ID. If an icon includes an exclamation point, it indicates that Acura gives high priority to this message compared to the one without. • : An unread message with high priority • : An unread message 1Message category Message categories can be added, edited, or deleted through broadcast messages from Acura. You can call your dealer, find the nearest dealer, or schedule appointments from the message options in Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, and Diagnostic Information. 2 Message Options P. 440 Features There are six message categories. • Feature Guide: Appears for the first 30 days of ownership, introducing vehicle features each day. • Quick Tips: Supplements your Owner’s Manual with updated vehicle information. • Diagnostic Information: Appears when a warning indicator or message comes on. Rotate to select Check Later or Check Now. u Selecting Check Now lets you know if you should see a dealer immediately or later in accordance with the warning severity level. • Scheduled Dealer Appointment: An appointment made through the Acura server or Acura Owners website can be rescheduled or canceled from this option. 2 P. 441 • Maintenance Minder: Lets you know which maintenance item is due along with a reminder message. • Recalls/Campaigns: Reminds you of a recall or important safety information. You should also be notified by mail. Continued 439 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 440 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAcuraLink® * u ■ Reading a message Features 440 1Reading a message 1. Press the INFO button or press , follow the message on the information screen. 2. Rotate to select AcuraLink/Messages, then press . u AcuraLink messages appears. 3. Rotate to select a category, then press . u If there are unread messages in a category, a message icon appears next to that category. 4. Rotate to select a message you want to read, then press . ■ Message Options While a message is displayed, you can use options to take immediate action to the message. Available options are: • Read Messages Aloud: Reads the message aloud. Select Stop Reading Messages to cancel it. • View Full Message: Displays the entire message. • Phone number: Dials a number displayed in the message via HFL. • Delete: Deletes the displayed message. • Call Your Dealer: Calls your Acura dealer using HFL. • Find Acura Dealer: Searches for the nearest Acura dealer. • Roadside Assistance: Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance service. • Schedule Dealer Appoi…: Automatically sets an appointment date at your dealer. If there is no message listed on the menu, each category items are grayed out and cannot be selected. The message icon disappears once you read the message. However, the exclamation mark that indicates that the message has a high priority remains. • : A read message with high priority. 1Message Options The available options vary by message category. You can delete all messages in a category at once. 2 Customized Features P. 358 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 441 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAcuraLink® * u ■ Dealer Appointments 1Dealer Appointments You can confirm the scheduled appointment date when you receive a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, or Diagnostic Information message, or reschedule any existing appointments. 1. Select a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, Diagnostic Information, or Scheduled Dealer Appointment message. 2. Rotate to select Schedule Dealer Appoi… or Reschedule Appoint… (depending on the screen). Press . u A suggested time and date are displayed. 3. Rotate to select Confirm Appointment. Press to accept the time and date. 4. Press to select OK. To set up an automated dealer appointment when a regular maintenance is due, visit the Acura Owners website at owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada), and set the required option. A reminder message will be sent as the date for the dealer appointment approaches. A reminder message will also be sent if you schedule an appointment online using Schedule Service Appointment function. If you are not satisfied with the proposed appointment date and time, call your dealer directly. Continued Features To cancel the scheduled appointment, select Cancel Appointment when a message is displayed. 441 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 442 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAcuraLink® * u ■ AcuraLink Subscription Status You can confirm your AcuraLink subscription status. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. Signal Strength 2. Rotate to select AcuraLink Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select AcuraLink Subscription Status. Features Item Current Contract Service Subscription Status 442 Information You can check the signal strength. The AcuraLink subscription number and subscription level is displayed. You can confirm the type of service. You can confirm the expiration date. The following message can be displayed: ● Check Antenna: There is a problem with the AcuraLink antenna. Contact a dealer. ● No Signal: Signal is not received. ● No data: The signal is received, but some error has occurred in the system. ● OK: The system is receiving the signal or traffic data *. * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 443 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Compass * When you set the power mode to ON, the compass self-calibrates, and the compass display appears. Compass Calibration * Not available on all models Compass operation can be affected under the following conditions: • Driving near power lines or stations • Crossing a bridge • Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large object that can cause a magnetic disturbance • When accessories such as antennas and roof racks are mounted by magnets 1Compass Calibration Calibrate the compass in an open area. While setting the compass, press the BACK button to cancel the setting mode and return to the previous screen. Features If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need to manually calibrate the system. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. On the top screen of any source, press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass Settings screen. 3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press . 4. When the display changes to Calibration Start, press . 5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles. u The compass starts to show a direction after the calibration. The CAL indicator goes off. 1Compass * Models with navigation system Models with navigation self-calibrate using GPS. The compass in the MID and the direction arrow on the map screen (when Heading-Up view selected) may not be in sync when first starting the vehicle, but should correct themselves as you drive. If the compass in the MID continues to indicate an incorrect direction, please see your Acura dealer. 443 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 444 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCompass * uCompass Zone Selection Compass Zone Selection 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. On the top screen of any source, press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass Settings screen. 3. Rotate to select Zone Adjust, then press . u The display shows the current zone number the system is set to. 4. To change the zone, rotate to select the zone number of your area (See Zone Map), then press . Zone Map 2 15 Features 14 3 13 4 12 5 6 Guam Island: Zone 8 Puerto Rico: Zone 11 444 7 8 9 10 11 1Compass Zone Selection The zone selection is done to compensate the variation between magnetic north and true north. If the calibration starts while the audio system is in use, the display returns to normal after the calibration is completed. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 445 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Driving This chapter discusses driving and refueling. Before Driving................................... 446 Towing a Trailer................................ 452 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ..... 463 When Driving Starting the Engine .......................... 465 Automatic Transmission ................... 471 Shifting ............................................ 472 Auto Idle Stop * ................................ 480 Integrated Dynamics System............. 486 Front Sensor Camera ....................... 487 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ............................. 489 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System ........................................504 * Not available on all models Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 509 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System ............. 517 Agile Handling Assist ....................... 519 Blind spot information (BSI) System *....520 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SHAWD®) * ......................................... 523 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist.......................... 524 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation ......... 526 Braking Brake System ................................... 528 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 534 Brake Assist System ......................... 535 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ....................................... 536 Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped ................................ 545 Parking Sensor System * ................... 547 Cross Traffic Monitor * ..................... 551 Multi-View Rear Camera * ................ 556 Surround View Camera System * ..... 558 Refueling Fuel Information .............................. 568 How to Refuel ................................. 569 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 571 445 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 446 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Before Driving Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving. ■ Exterior Checks • Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel or wheel components. • Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked. • Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressure, and check for damage and excessive wear. Driving 446 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 602 • Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside. 1Exterior Checks NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing. Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole. Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 447 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation ■ Interior Checks 1Interior Checks • Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 151 • Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too. Driving • Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden braking. • Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator pedal operation while driving. • If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur. • Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate. The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician. 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 192 2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 198 • Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position. 2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 188 2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 189 Continued 447 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 448 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation • Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. • Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt. 2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36 • Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated. 2 Indicators P. 78 Driving 448 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 449 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit Maximum Load Limit Models with bench seat 1Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,173 lbs (532 kg). 3 WARNING Models with captain seat The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,005 lbs (456 kg). See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb. Label Example Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed. Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual. Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit (1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s placard. (2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. (3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. Continued Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle. 2 Specifications P. 672 Driving This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue load. 2 Specifications P. 672 449 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 450 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit (4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) (5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4. (6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. Driving 450 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 451 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb. Load Limits Example Example1 Max Load 1,173 lbs (532 kg) Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg) Cargo Weight 873 lbs (396 kg) Max Load 1,173 lbs (532 kg) Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg) Cargo Weight 423 lbs (192 kg) Example2 Driving 451 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 452 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Towing a Trailer Towing Preparation ■ Towing Load Limits 1Towing Load Limits Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving. ■ Total trailer weight Do not exceed the maximum allowable weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in or on it shown in the table. Towing loads in excess of this can seriously affect vehicle handling and performance and can damage the engine and drivetrain. Total Load Driving Number of occupants 2 3 4 5 6 7 AWD models with ATF cooler 5,000 lbs (2,268 kg) 4,750 lbs (2,155 kg) 4,500 lbs (2,041 kg) 4,250 lbs (1,928 kg) 4,000 lbs (1,814 kg) AWD models 2WD models without ATF cooler 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 3,250 lbs (1,474 kg) 3,250 lbs (1,474 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,361 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,361 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 2,500 lbs (1,134 kg) 2,500 lbs (1,134 kg) Towing not recommended Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions: • Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back • Each occupant weights 150 lbs (68 kg) • Each occupant has 15 lbs (7 kg) of cargo in the cargo area Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and maximum tongue load. 452 3 WARNING Exceeding any load limit or improperly loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Check the loading of your vehicle and trailer carefully before starting to drive. Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale. If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo distribution. Refer to the trailer owner’s manual for additional information. Break-in Period Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle’s first 600 miles (1,000 km). Never exceed the gross weight ratings. Gross weight information 2 Vehicle Specifications P. 672 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 453 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation ■ Tongue load The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded trailer on the hitch should be approximately: Boat trailers: 5 – 15% of the total trailer weight Other trailers: 10 – 15% of total trailer weight Tongue Load Load Tongue AWD models with or without 2WD models ATF cooler 500 lbs (227 kg) 350 lbs (159 kg) 475 lbs (215 kg) 325 lbs (147 kg) 380 lbs (172 kg) 300 lbs (136 kg) 290 lbs (132 kg) 260 lbs (118 kg) 165 lbs (75 kg) 140 lbs (63 kg) Towing not recommended Driving Number of occupants 2 3 4 5 6 7 Continued 453 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 454 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation ■ To estimate the tongue load Excessive tongue load reduces front tire traction and steering control. Too little tongue load can make the trailer unstable and cause it to sway. You can estimate the tongue load by measuring the trailer hitch height from the ground in the following steps: 1. Park the vehicle on level ground. 2. Measure the distance between the ground and the bottom of the trailer hitch. 3. Connect the fully loaded trailer to the hitch. 4. Measure the distance between the ground and the bottom of the trailer hitch again. 5. Subtract the second measurement from the first measurement, then refer to the following table. Driving If the difference is 1 inches (2.5 cm) 1 1/2 inches (3.8 cm) 2 inches (5.1 cm) 2 3/8 inches (6.0 cm) 2 5/8 inches (6.7 cm) AWD models 2WD models 150 lbs (68 kg) 250 lbs (114 kg) 350 lbs (159 kg) 450 lbs (205 kg) — 500 lbs (227 kg) — If the difference becomes more than indicated in the table, distribute the load or remove cargo as needed. 454 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 455 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation ■ How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale 1How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale Check each weight in the order indicated as shown. Refer to the table on the right for each weight’s limit except for the tongue load. 2 Tongue load P. 453 1. Front gross axle weight. 4. Gross combined weight. 2. Gross vehicle weight. 3. Rear gross axle weight. 5. Hitched trailer weight. 6. Unhitched trailer weight. Continued Weight limit for 2WD models 2,811 lbs Front gross axle (1,275 kg) 5,368 lbs Gross vehicle (2,435 kg) 2,734 lbs Rear gross axle (1,240 kg) 8,036 lbs Gross combined (3,645 kg) AWD models 2,910 lbs (1,320 kg) 5,677 lbs (2,575 kg) 2,965 lbs (1,345 kg) 9,833 lbs (4,460 kg) If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo distribution. Driving • If you cannot weigh the rear axle, subtract 1 from 2. • The maximum gross combined weight (4) decreases by 2% for every 1,000 feet (305 meters) of elevation. • To calculate the tongue load, subtract 5 from 6. • Refer to the trailer owner’s manual for additional information. Fully load the vehicle and trailer. An attendant who watches the scale is needed as all occupants should stay in the vehicle. 455 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 456 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation ■ Towing Equipment and Accessories Towing generally requires a variety of supplemental equipment. To ensure the best quality, we recommend that you purchase Acura equipment whenever possible. 1Towing Equipment and Accessories Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/ territory, and local regulations. Consult your trailer maker for proper installation and setup of the equipment. Improper installation and setup can affect the handling, stability, and braking performance of your vehicle. Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other items are recommended or required for your towing situation. Driving 456 The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type and brand. If a connector is required, it should only be installed by a qualified technician. Trailer packages and products: • Ball mount, hitch plug, hitch pin etc. • Wiring harness kit • Trailer hitch kit (jumper harness included) 2 Trailer brakes P. 457 Are available at a dealer. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 457 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation ■ Trailer brakes 1Trailer brakes Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more: There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a potential hazard. The 4-pin gray connector installed in your vehicle has all of the circuits required to install most electric trailer brake controllers. Have a qualified mechanic install your trailer Trailer brake controller connector’s terminals: brake controller following the trailer brake controller manufacturer’s instructions. Failure Electric Brake Brake to properly install the trailer brake controller (Light Green) (20A) (Green) may increase the distance it takes for you to stop your vehicle when towing a trailer. Driving Ground (Brown) The 4-pin gray connector is located under the left side instrument panel. Stop (Violet) Continued 457 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 458 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation ■ Trailer light 1Trailer light Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the requirements in the area where you plan to tow. Pins’ wiring color codes and their purposes: +B Trailer Charge +B Trailer Back Light Right Turn Signal +B Trailer Hazard Light +B ELEC Brake +B Trailer Hazard Light Stop Light Back Light IG2 HAC +B Trailer Small Left Turn Signal Driving We recommend that you have a dealer install a Acura wiring harness and converter. They are designed for your vehicle. ■ Hitches Read the trailer manufacturer’s instructions, and select the appropriate draw bar for the height of the trailer you will be towing. ■ Weight distribution hitches Your vehicle is designed to tow without the need for a load distributing hitch. If you wish to use one, please consult your trailer maker for proper installation and set-up. Improper set-up could degrade the handling, stability, and braking performance of your vehicle. 458 The trailer lighting connector is located behind the left side panel in the cargo area. Even if you are planning to use the non-Acura trailer lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the correct connector and pins. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 459 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation ■ Safety chains Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground. ■ Sway control This device can be used if your trailer tends to sway. Your trailer maker can tell you what kind of sway control you need and how to install it. Improper installation could degrade the handling and stability of your vehicle. ■ Trailer mirrors Many states, provinces and territories require special exterior mirrors when towing a trailer. Install special mirrors whenever you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the trailer creates a blind spot. ■ Automatic transmission cooler * * Not available on all models Driving AWD models An additional ATF (automatic transmission fluid) cooler is required to keep the transmission from overheating when towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg). You can get the additional ATF cooler at a dealer. 459 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 460 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuTowing a TraileruTrailer Stability Assist Trailer Stability Assist Helps to stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the trailer severely sways. ■ How trailer stability assist works When the vehicle and trailer become unstable while driving, trailer stability assist determines the cause. If the trailer oscillation is detected as the cause, and the swaying increases, the system applies the brakes or controls engine output to reduce vehicle speed. Both the vehicle and trailer brake lights come on automatically if you brake to reduce vehicle speed. 1Trailer Stability Assist Trailer stability assist is not a function that prevents the vehicle and trailer from swaying. Avoid high speeds, abrupt steering, improper trailer load, and sudden braking to keep the trailer from swaying. When swayed too severely, the system becomes ineffective, and you may lose control of your vehicle, causing the trailer to roll over or get damaged. 2 Driving Safely with a Trailer P. 461 Trailer towing sway is caused by: • Crosswinds • Improper towbar down load • Excessive Speed Driving 460 The VSA® system indicator blinks during the trailer stability assist operation. 2 VSA® Operation P. 517 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 461 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer Driving Safely with a Trailer ■ Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer 1Driving Safely with a Trailer • Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition. • Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits. Parking In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel chocks at each of the trailer’s tires. 2 Towing Load Limits P. 452 • When towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,590 kg), use of gasoline with a pump octane number of 91 or higher is recommended. u Towing performance can be affected by high altitude, high temperature, or steep uphill. • Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer. • Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while driving. • Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly. • Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare. Models with Auto Idle Stop Driving • Turn off Auto Idle Stop system using Auto Idle Stop OFF button. The trailer weight can affect your vehicle’s brake effectiveness if Auto Idle Stop is activated on a hill while towing a trailer. ■ Towing Speeds and Gears 1Towing Speeds and Gears When towing a fixed-sided trailer (e.g., camper), do not exceed 55 mph (88 km/h). At higher speeds, the trailer may sway or affect vehicle handling. • Drive slower than normal. • Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers. • Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads. Continued 461 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 462 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle ■ Turning and Braking • Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal. • Allow more time and distance for braking. • Do not brake or turn suddenly. ■ Driving in Hilly Terrain • Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the climate control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary. • Change the gear position to (S position if the transmission shifts frequently. ■ Retrieving a Boat Driving If the vehicle tires slip when retrieving a boat from the water, keep the transmission in (D and do not use the sequential shift mode in (S . This prevents damage to the transmission. Towing Your Vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information. 2 Emergency Towing P. 666 462 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 463 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines General Information Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-road activities. If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement. Important Safety Precautions To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and recommendations: • Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449 3 WARNING Improperly operating this vehicle on or off pavement can cause a crash or rollover in which you and your passengers could be seriously injured or killed. • Follow all instructions and guidelines in this owner’s manual. • Keep your speed low, and don’t drive faster than conditions permit. Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover. 2 Important Handling Information P. 30 2 Precautions While Driving P. 470 Driving • Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts. • Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow. • It’s up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits. 1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines Spinning the tires can also damage the SH-AWD® system. 463 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 464 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble Avoiding Trouble Driving 464 • Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures. • Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in a hazardous situation. • Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control. • Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover or damage to your suspension or other components. • Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight up or down a slope is usually the safest. If you can’t clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it before you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, don’t try it. Find another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around. Back down slowly following the same route you took up the hill. • Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings. • If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need to be towed. Front and rear tow hooks are provided for this purpose. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 465 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 When Driving Starting the Engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. u The electric parking brake indicator comes on for 15 seconds when you press the electric parking brake switch. 1Starting the Engine Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine. The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters). When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain. Electric Parking Brake Switch 2. Depress the brake pedal. If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater and transmission clutch actuator heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details. Brake Pedal 3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal. The engine will crank until it starts. Continued Driving If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system. Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak. 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 647 The engine may not start if the keyless access remote is subjected to strong radio waves. Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to start the engine. If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds before trying again. 465 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 466 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Stopping the Engine You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. 1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button with your foot on the brake pedal. Driving 466 1Starting the Engine The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s fuel system is disabled. 2 Immobilizer System P. 163 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 467 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * 1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances. ■ To start the engine WARNING: Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed areas. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you. Press the button, then press and hold the button. Go within the range, and try again. Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed. Red LED: Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute extension request was transmitted successfully. After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the tailgate are locked. * Not available on all models Continued If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference. The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: • You have disabled a remote engine start setting using the multi-information display (MID). • The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). • The transmission is in a position other than (P . • The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is unlocked. • You have already used the remote twice to start the engine. Driving Remote Engine Start run timer extension The engine runs for another 10 minutes from the time of extension request. The max engine run time is 20 minutes, if the extension request is made after 10 minutes of first engine run. Continues to blink during a vehicle self check until the engine starts. Green LED: Comes on while the engine is running. Never use the remote engine starter with the vehicle parked in a garage or other areas with limited ventilation. 467 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 468 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ To stop the engine Press and hold the for one second. Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed. 1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * button Red LED: Comes on for one second to let you know that the engine has stopped. ● ● Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine will not stop. • Another registered keyless access remote is in the vehicle. • There is any antenna failure. • Door is unlocked with the built-in key. • The engine oil pressure is low. • The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. • The telematics unit malfunctions. • The security system alarm is not set. Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and tailgate did not lock, and the engine does not start. While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: • The air conditioning is activated in recirculation mode. • The seat ventilation is activated *. When it is cold outside: • The defroster is activated at a moderately warm temperature. • The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are activated. • The seat heaters and heated steering wheel are activated *. 2 Heated Steering Wheel * P. 216 2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation * P. 217, 218 Driving 468 Go within the range, and try again. * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 469 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine ■ Starting to Drive When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote * 1. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button simultaneously. When the engine was started in any case 2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, press the (D button. Select (R when reversing. 3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal. u Make sure the electric parking brake indicator goes off. 2 Parking Brake P. 528 2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message P. 657 Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator. Change the gear position to (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal. The brakes remain engaged briefly as you release the brake pedal. * Not available on all models When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote * The engine stops when the gear position is changed from (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive. You can also release the parking brake by pulling the electric parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it with the electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with the accelerator pedal. 1Hill start assist system Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and will not operate on small inclines. Driving ■ Hill start assist system 1Starting to Drive Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake. Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is switched off. 469 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 470 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving Precautions While Driving ■ Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control: • Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle. • Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible. • Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity. • Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof. Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Acura accessory). ■ In Rain Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or driveline, or cause electrical component failure. Driving ■ Other Precautions If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks. 1Precautions While Driving NOTICE Do not change the gear position while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission. NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in the full left or right position for a while, the system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system. If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle. Do not change the gear position to (N , as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance. During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as not to damage the engine or powertrain. Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow this when the brake pads are replaced. 470 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 471 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission Automatic Transmission ■ Creeping The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped. 1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover. 2 Important Handling Information P. 30 2 Precautions While Driving P. 470 ■ Kickdown Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves. Driving 471 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 472 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting Shifting Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs. 1Shifting 3 WARNING ■ Shift button positions Park Used when parking, before turning off or starting the engine Reverse Used when reversing Neutral Transmission is not locked Driving Drive Used for: ● Normal driving (gears change between 1st and 9th automatically) ● Temporarily driving in the sequential mode Drive (S) Used for: ● Automatically changing gears between 1st and 7th (7th gear is used only at high speed) ● Driving in the sequential mode The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged. A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death. Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator. To prevent malfunction and unintended engagement: • Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons. • Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift buttons. • Do not let passengers or children operate the shift buttons. The beeper sounds and the message appears on the MID when you depress the accelerator pedal with the gear position in (N . Change the gear position to (D or (R with the brake pedal depressed. When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (−22°F/−30°C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving. 472 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 473 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ (P (parking) button (P Button The gear position changes to (P when you press the (P button while the vehicle is parked with the power mode in ON. The indicators on the sides of the (P button come on. Driving Continued 473 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 474 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Shift Operation 1Shift Operation NOTICE M (sequential mode) Indicator When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift button before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission. Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator Use the gear position indicator and the shift button indicator to check the gear position before selecting a shift button. Gear Position Indicator Tachometer’s red zone Driving Press the (P button. Pull back the (R button. Press the (N button. Press the D/S button. Shift Button Indicator 474 Press the D/S button twice. If the gear position is in (D , press the D/S button again. If the indicator of the currently selected gear position, or all the gear position indicators are blinking simultaneously, there is a problem with the transmission. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible. The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt. When the engine speed is increased while the transmission is in (N , (P or (R , the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometer’s red zone. The beeper sounds once when you change to (R . 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 475 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting In freezing or sub-freezing conditions, the gear selection response may be slow. Always depress the brake pedal before changing the gear position to (P , and confirm that (P is shown on the gear position indicator before releasing the brake. ■ When opening the driver’s door 1When opening the driver’s door If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position automatically changes to (P . • The vehicle is in stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h) or slower. • The transmission is in other than (P . • You have unfastened the driver side seat belt. u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release the brake pedal. If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in other than (P , the gear position automatically changes to (P . Continued If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position has automatically changed to (P under the described conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt, depress the brake pedal, then change the gear position. If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock the doors. Driving ■ When turning off the power mode While the system is designed to automatically change the gear position to (P under the described conditions, in the interest of safety you should always select (P before opening the driver’s door. Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place. 2 When Stopped P. 545 475 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 476 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting Driving 476 ■ If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] With the engine running: 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. 2. Select (N , then release the button to display (N (Neutral) hold mode on the MID. 3. Press and hold (N again for two seconds. u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an attendant do not remain in the vehicle. If the ENGINE STOP/START button is pressed after car wash mode has been activated, the power mode will change to ACCESSORY and a message will be displayed on the multiinformation display. u The gear position remains in (N with the power mode in ACCESSORY for 15 minutes, then, it automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to OFF. u Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on and the power mode changes to OFF. You must always shift to (P when car wash mode is no longer needed. 1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] The transmission may not stay in (N position while the following indicators are on or when the message below appears: • Malfunction indicator lamp • Transmission system indicator • Charging system indicator • The Charging System Problem message on the MID. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 477 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Restriction on selecting a gear position You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash. When the transmission is in: 1. Under the circumstances of that: 2. You cannot select: 3. The gear position How to change the remains in/changes to: gear position The brake pedal is not depressed. (P (P The accelerator pedal is depressed. The vehicle is moving at low speed without the brake pedal depressed. Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal. Other gear position (N (N (N , (D or (S The vehicle is moving forward. (R (R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D , (S (R , (N , (D or (S The vehicle is moving. (P Stop your vehicle in a safe place, depress the brake pedal, and select the appropriate gear position. Continued Driving The vehicle is moving at low speed with the accelerator pedal depressed. 477 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 478 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Sequential Mode Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 9th gears without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode. ■ When the transmission is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off. Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the D/S button to return to normal drive. ■ When the transmission is in (S Driving 478 The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel this mode by holding the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the D/S button. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will turn off. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 479 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguShifting ■ Sequential Mode Operation Paddle Shifter (Shift down) 1Sequential Mode Operation Paddle Shifter (Shift up) Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear. If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking. Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear) Driving Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear) 479 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 480 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop * Auto Idle Stop * To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The indicator (green) comes on. The engine then restarts once the vehicle is about to move again, or depending on environmental and vehicle conditions, and the indicator (green) goes off. 2 The Engine Automatically Restarts When: P. 484 Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green) A message associated with Auto Idle Stop appears on the MID. 2 Indicators P. 92 2 Customized Features P. 130 Driving 480 If the driver’s door is opened while the indicator (green) comes on, a buzzer sounds to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in operation. * Not available on all models 1Auto Idle Stop * The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 481 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop * ■ Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber) 1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops. u Auto Idle Stop system will stop and the indicator (amber) in meter will come on. Pressing the Auto Idle Stop OFF button restarts the engine during the Auto Idle Stop activated. The Auto Idle Stop system is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle. Driving Continued 481 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 482 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop * ■ Auto Idle Stop Activates When: The vehicle stops with the gear position in (D and the brake pedal depressed. ■ Auto Idle Stop does not activate when: • • • • • • • • Driving • • • • • • 482 The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. The engine coolant temperature is low or high. The transmission fluid temperature is low or high. The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/h) after the engine starts. Stopped on a steep incline. The transmission is in a position other than (D . The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. The engine is started with the hood open. u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate Auto Idle Stop. The battery charge is low. The internal temperature of the battery is 14°F (−10°C). or less. The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below −4°F (−20°C) or over 104°F (40°C). The climate control system temperature is set to the Hi or Lo. is ON (indicator on). When the rear fan is set to maximum speed. u Auto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate control system is in use. 1Auto Idle Stop Activates When: When ACC with LSF is in operation, the vehicle stops without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle Stop may activate. Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. If the hood is opened, the engine will not restart automatically. In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE START/STOP button. 2 Starting the Engine P. 465 Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button changes the power mode to ACCESSORY even while Auto Idle Stop is in operation. Once in ACCESSORY, the engine no longer restarts automatically. Follow the standard procedure to start the engine. 2 Starting the Engine P. 465 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 483 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop * ■ Auto Idle Stop may not activate when: • • • • • • The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly. The steering wheel is operated. The fan speed is high. Altitude is high. The vehicle is repeatedly accelerated and decelerated at a low speed. The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between the set temperature and the actual interior temperature. • Humidity in the interior is high. • The rear fan is set to maximum speed. u Auto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate control system is in use. Driving Continued 483 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 484 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop * ■ The Engine Automatically Restarts When: • The brake pedal is released (without the automatic brake hold system activated). • The accelerator pedal is depressed (with the automatic brake hold system activated). 1The Engine Automatically Restarts When: • If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when the engine restarts. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532 ■ The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when: • • • • • Driving • • • • • • • 484 The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. The steering wheel is operated. The transmission is change to (R or (S , or when it is change from (N to (D . The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while stopped on an incline. The pressure on the brake pedal is repeatedly applied and released slightly during a stop. The battery charge becomes low. The accelerator pedal is depressed. The driver’s seat belt is unlatched. is ON (indicator on). The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant. The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior. The vehicle ahead of you starts again when your vehicle stops automatically with ACC with LSF. 1The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when: *1: With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal during Auto Idle Stop is in operation. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 485 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop * ■ The engine restarts even if the automatic brake hold system is activated when: • The automatic brake hold system is canceled and the electric parking brake is applied automatically. The automatic brake hold system has a problem. ■ Starting Assist Brake Function Briefly keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine. This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline. Driving 485 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 486 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguIntegrated Dynamics System Integrated Dynamics System Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. There are three modes to select from: Comfort, Normal, and Sport. Press the Dynamic Mode button to select a mode. The mode you have selected appears on the MID. You can customize the mode default setting using the MID. 2 Customized Features P. 126 Comfort Maximizes driver comfort through increased steering assist. Driving Normal Balanced driving performance for most driving situations. Dynamic Mode Button 486 * Not available on all models Sport Enhances vehicle response feel through decreased steering assist, heightened throttle response, increased SH-AWD * torque bias, and modified active sound control. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 487 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera Front Sensor Camera The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, CMBSTM, and auto high-beam, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions. ■ Camera Location and Handling Tips Front Sensor Camera This camera is located behind the rearview mirror. Continued Never apply a film or attach any objects to the windshield, hood, or front grill that could obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the camera’s field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly. Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly. Driving To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it. 1Front Sensor Camera 487 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 488 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera 1Front Sensor Camera If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: • Use the climate control system to cool down the interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the airflow directed towards the camera. • Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera. Driving 488 If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: • Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 489 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake lights will illuminate. When to use 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) 3 WARNING Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead to a crash. Use ACC with LSF only when driving on expressways or freeways and in good weather conditions. 3 WARNING The camera is located behind the rearview mirror. Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal if the conditions require. The radar sensor is in the front grille. ■ Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h). No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at the speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above. ■ Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D or (S . Continued Driving ACC with LSF has limited braking capability and may not stop your vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly stops in front of you. Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other vehicles. Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor cover. 489 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 490 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ How to activate the system ■ Press the MAIN button on the steering wheel. 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel. ACC with LSF is ready to use. When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with LSF and the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are either turned on or off. ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions. 2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 495 When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS). Driving 490 Do not use ACC with LSF under the following conditions. • On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in continuous stop and go traffic. • On roads with sharp turns. • On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed. • On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or facilities with drive through access. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 491 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed RES/+/SET/− Switch On when ACC with LSF begins Press down and release Driving When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/– switch when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins. When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. While stationary and a vehicle is ahead of you, the vehicle speed can be set, even with the brake pedal depressed. When ACC with LSF starts operating, the Set Vehicle Interval vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed appear on the MID. Set Vehicle Speed Continued 491 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 492 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ When in Operation 1When in Operation ■ There is a vehicle ahead ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following-interval from the vehicle ahead. 2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 498 If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, the beeper sounds and a message appears on the MID, and the head-up warning lights * come on. Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate interval from the vehicle ahead. Head-up Warning Lights * Beep Driving ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m) When a vehicle whose speed is slower than your set speed is detected in front of you, your vehicle starts to slow down. A vehicle icon appears on the MID. 492 * Not available on all models Even if the interval between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: • The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. • A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval between the vehicles. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 493 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ There is no vehicle ahead A vehicle icon with dotted-line contour appears on the MID. 1When in Operation Your vehicle maintains the set speed without having to keep your foot on the brake or accelerator pedal. If there previously was a vehicle detected ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it. While stationary and no vehicle is detected, ACC with LSF automatically cancels and a beeper sounds. You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe interval when using ACC with LSF. Additionally, ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions. 2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 495 ■ When you depress the accelerator pedal Continued Driving You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range. ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes the set speed. There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is lightly applied. 493 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 494 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The Stopped message appears on the MID. When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, the vehicle icon on the MID blinks. If you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, or depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the prior set speed. 1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop 3 WARNING Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped while the ACC with LSF system is operating can result in the vehicle moving without operator control. A vehicle that moves without operator control can cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death. Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is stopped by ACC with LSF. Driving 494 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 495 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations 1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions. The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM). 2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 536 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 ■ Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Always keep the radar sensor cover clean. ■ Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). ■ Vehicle conditions * Not available on all models Continued Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or replace the radar sensor cover. Driving • The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.). • The camera temperature gets too high. • The parking brake is applied. • When the front grille is dirty. • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. • When tire chains are installed. Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent. 495 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 496 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ Detection limitations Driving 496 • A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. • The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is too short. • A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. • When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at high speed. • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle. • When there are animals in front of your vehicle. • When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is significantly large. • An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. • Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. • When driving through a narrow iron bridge. • When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly. • When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape. • When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane. 1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN button and take your vehicle to a dealer. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently). If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the following situations, the radar sensor may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer: • The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock, embankment, etc. • You drive the vehicle where the water is deep. • Your vehicle has a frontal collision. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 497 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed 1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering wheel. If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead. You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the MID between mph and km/h. 2 Customized Features P. 126 To increase speed To decrease speed Continued Driving • Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly. • If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly. 497 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 498 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ To Set or Change Following-interval Press the (interval) button to change the ACC with LSF following-interval. Each time you press the button, the followinginterval (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through short, middle, long, and extra long followingintervals. Interval Button Driving 498 Determine the most appropriate followinginterval setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-interval requirements set by local regulation. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 499 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your reference. When the Set Speed is: Following-interval 65 mph (104 km/h) Short 83 feet 25 meters 1.1 sec 100 feet 31 meters 1.1 sec Middle 110 feet 33 meters 1.5 sec 137 feet 42 meters 1.5 sec Long 154 feet 47 meters 2.1 sec 200 feet 61 meters 2.1 sec Extra Long 204 feet 62 meters 2.8 sec 265 feet 81 meters 2.8 sec Driving 50 mph (80 km/h) When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF interval setting. Continued 499 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 500 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ To Cancel MAIN Button CANCEL Button Driving 500 1To Cancel To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the MAIN button. u ACC with LSF indicator goes off. • Depress the brake pedal. u When the LSF function has stopped the vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF by depressing the brake pedal. Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+/ SET/– switch up. The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the desired speed. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 501 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ Automatic cancellation 1Automatic cancellation Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/– switch up. Driving The beeper sounds and a message appears on the MID when ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with LSF to automatically cancel: • Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) • When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. • The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. • An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. • Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. • Abrupt steering wheel movement. • When the ABS, VSA® or CMBSTM is activated. • When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on. • When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. • When you manually apply the parking brake. • When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your vehicle. • When a detected vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range while your vehicle is stationary. • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty. The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following causes. In these cases, the electric parking brake will be automatically applied. • The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary. • The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes. • The engine is turned off. • When trailer stability assist is activated. 2 Trailer Stability Assist P. 460 Continued 501 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 502 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control ACC with LSF ON Cruise Control ON Press and hold the (interval) button for one second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on the MID for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise. To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and hold the button again for one second. ACC Mode Selected appears on the MID for two seconds. ■ When to use Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~. Driving ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/– switch down when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the RES/+/SET/– switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on. ■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed Each time you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h). If you keep the RES/+/SET/– switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set. 502 1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle ahead of you. You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the MID between mph and km/h. 2 Customized Features P. 126 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 503 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ■ To Cancel To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the MAIN button. • Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off. 1To Cancel Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+/ SET/– switch up while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more. You cannot set or resume in the following situations: • When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h). • When the MAIN button is turned off. At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control canceled automatically. Driving 503 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 504 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether. ■ How the System Works The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane. Driving As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the MID. If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane markings are solid continuous lines. The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings. If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you. 504 1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane. The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions. You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 The RDM system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions: 2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 507 There are times when you may not notice RDM functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 505 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System ■ How the System Activates 1How the System Activates The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: • The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). • The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. • The turn signals are off. • The brake pedal is not depressed. • The wipers are not in continuous operation. • The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being turned. • The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating, braking or steering. The RDM system may automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on. 2 Indicators P. 94 RDM system function can be impacted when the vehicle is: • Not driven within a traffic lane. • Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of a lane. • Driven in a narrow lane. Driving Continued 505 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 506 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System ■ RDM On and Off RDM Button Indicator Driving 506 1RDM On and Off Press the RDM button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on and the message appears on the MID when the system is on. When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the MID, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 507 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System ■ RDM Conditions and Limitations The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. ■ Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel. Continued Driving • • • • • • • • • • 507 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 508 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. • Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road repairs or old lane markings. • The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection or crosswalk). • The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. • The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. • When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines (or yellow lines). • Driving on roads with double lines. Driving 508 ■ Vehicle conditions • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. • The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • The inside of the windshield is fogged. • The camera temperature gets too high. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.). • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. • When tire chains are installed. * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 509 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane. ■ Steering input assist The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to either of the lane lines. ■ Front Sensor Camera Monitors the lane lines ■ Tactile and visual alerts Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle. 2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 116 Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the front windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes. Driving The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions. The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways. The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions: 2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 515 When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering. The LKAS may not function as designed while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves. You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 Continued 509 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 510 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ■ Lane Keep Support Function 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become stronger. Driving ■ Lane Departure Warning Function When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well as a warning display. Warning Area Warning Area 510 When it fails to detect lanes, the system will temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected, system will recover automatically. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 511 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ■ When the System can be Used 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) The system can be used when the following conditions are met. • The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and your vehicle is in the center of the lane. • The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). • You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. • The turn signals are off. • The brake pedal is not depressed. • The wipers are not in continuous operation. If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer. ■ How to activate the system 1. Press the MAIN button. u The LKAS is on in the MID. The system is ready to use. LKAS Button 2. Press the LKAS button. u Lane outlines appear on the MID. The system is activated. Driving MAIN Button Continued 511 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 512 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) 3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The dotted outer lines change to solid ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings. ■ To Cancel 1To Cancel To cancel the LKAS: Press the MAIN or LKAS button. Driving MAIN Button LKAS Button 512 The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle. Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF on and off. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 513 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ■ The system operation is suspended if you: • Set the wipers to continuous operation. u Turning the wipers off resumes the LKAS. Models with automatic intermittent wipers When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the MID change to contour lines, and the beeper sounds (if activated). • Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the wipers operate continuously. u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop or operate intermittently. All models Continued Driving • Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40 mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45 mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS. • Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal. 513 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 514 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when: • • • • • The system fails to detect lane lines. The steering wheel is quickly turned. You fail to steer the vehicle. Driving through a sharp curve. Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h). Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes. ■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when: • The camera temperature gets extremely high or low. • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty. • The ABS or VSA® system engages. Driving 514 The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 515 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ■ LKAS Conditions and Limitations The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following: ■ Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel. Continued Driving • • • • • • • • • • 515 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 516 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. • Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road repairs or old lane markings. • The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection or crosswalk). • The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. • The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. • When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines (or yellow lines). • Driving on roads with double lines. Driving 516 ■ Vehicle conditions • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. • The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. • The inside of the windshield is fogged. • The camera temperature gets too high. • An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.). • The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 517 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes. ■ VSA® Operation When VSA® activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic system. You will also see the indicator blink. The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified. When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. The main function of the VSA® system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function. Continued Driving VSA® System Indicator 1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System 517 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 518 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System ■ VSA® On and Off This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially disable VSA® functionality/ features, press and hold it until you hear a beep. In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off. Your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but traction control function will be less effective. When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on. To restore VSA® functionality/features, press the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a beep. Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off. VSA® is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle. You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal. VSA® OFF Indicator Driving 518 1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 519 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist Agile Handling Assist Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during cornering. 1Agile Handling Assist The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, the agile handling assist does not activate. You may hear a sound coming from the engine compartment while the agile handling assist is activated. This is normal. Driving 519 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 520 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System * Blind spot information (BSI) System * Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.” When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes. ■ How the system works The transmission is in (D or (S . ● Your vehicle speed is between 20 mph (32 km/h) Radar Sensors: underneath the and 100 mph (160 km/h) rear bumper corners Alert zone range Driving 520 * Not available on all models 3 WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes. Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes. ● A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) 1Blind spot information (BSI) System * Alert Zone A B C Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over reliance on BSI may result in a collision. The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: • A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more than two seconds. • A vehicle is parked in a side lane. • The speed difference between your vehicle and the vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h). • An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle. • A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a motorcycle or other small vehicle. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 521 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System * ■ When the system detects a vehicle Comes On Blinks 1Blind spot information (BSI) System * BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the outside rearview mirror on both sides. Comes on when: • A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle. • You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h). You can turn off the audible alert, or all the BSI alert using the information screen or MID. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358 Turn the system off when towing a trailer. The system may not work properly for the following reasons: • The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the radar coverage. • The trailer itself can be detected by the radar sensors, causing the BSI alert indicators to come on. Driving Blinks and the beeper sounds when: You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times. The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. • The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind Spot Info Not Available MID appearing. • The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing. The system does not operate when in (R . * Not available on all models Continued 521 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 522 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System * 1Blind spot information (BSI) System * BSI may be adversely affected when: • Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are detected. • An object that does not reflect radio waves well, such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. • Driving on a curved road. • A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent lane. • The system picks up external electrical interference. • The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. • The orientation of the sensors has been changed. • In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog). Driving For proper BSI use: • Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. • Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind. • Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted. 522 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 523 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguSuper Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®) * Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®) * The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions. SH-AWD® helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like slippery surfaces, such as on wet, icy, or snowy roads, better than when driving with two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be precautious about the following: • It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply brakes. • Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces. 1Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®) * The SH-AWD® system may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified. 2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 608 Do not continuously spin the front tires of your vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can cause damage to the transmission and SH-AWD® unit. * Not available on all models Driving If the SH-AWD indicator blinks while driving, it indicates the differential temperature is too high. If this happens, pull to the side of the road when it is safe, change the gear position to (P , and idle the engine until the indicator goes out. 523 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 524 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the MID. Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator 1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on. 2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 657 Tire pressure checked and inflated in: • Warm weather can become under-inflated in colder weather. • Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation. Driving The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you are adjusting using audible and visual indications. If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is reached. Stop filling the tire. 524 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 525 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist ■ Tire Pressure Monitor 1Tire Pressure Monitor To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until you see the tire pressure screen. The pressure for each tire is displayed in psi (U.S.) or kPa (Canada). The pressure displayed on the MID can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the MID do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire, or there is a problem with the TPMS. Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen. Driving 525 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 526 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale Driving when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. 526 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 527 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Driving When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. 527 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 528 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Braking Brake System ■ Parking Brake 1Parking Brake Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it. Electric Parking Brake Switch ■ To apply The electric parking brake can be applied any time the vehicle has battery, no matter which power mode the vehicle is in. Press the electric parking brake switch gently and securely. u The electric parking brake indicator comes on. Driving 528 You may hear the electric parking brake system motor operating from the rear wheel area when you apply or release the parking brake, or set the power mode to OFF. This is normal. The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric parking brake system operation when you apply or release the parking brake. This is normal. You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the battery goes dead. 2 Jump Starting P. 649 If you press and hold the electric parking brake switch while driving the brakes on all four wheels are applied (by the VSA® system) until the vehicle come to a stop (at which point the electric parking brake is applied) or the switch is released. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 529 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguBrake System Electric Parking Brake Switch ■ To release 1Parking Brake The power mode must be in the ON position to release the electric parking brake. 1. Depress the brake pedal fully. 2. Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently and securely. u The electric parking brake indicator goes off. Manually releasing the parking brake using the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and smoothly when facing downhill on steep hills. Driving Continued In the following situations, the parking brake automatically operates. • When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes while ACC with LSF is activated. • When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF. • When the engine is turned off while ACC with LSF is activated. • When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake hold system activated for more than 10 minutes. • When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your vehicle is stopped and brake hold is applied. • When the engine is turned off while brake hold system is applied. • When there is a problem with the Brake Hold System. 529 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 530 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ To release automatically Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake. Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle facing uphill, or in a traffic jam. Gently depress the accelerator pedal. When on a hill, it may require more accelerator input to release. u The electric parking brake indicator goes off. Accelerator Pedal Driving 530 You can release the parking brake automatically when: • You are wearing the driver’s seat belt. • The engine is running. • The transmission is not in (P or (N . 1Parking Brake If the parking brake cannot be released automatically, release it manually. The parking brake cannot be released automatically while the following indicators are on: • Malfunction indicator lamp • Transmission system indicator The parking brake may not be released automatically while the following indicators are on: • Electric parking brake system indicator • VSA® system indicator • ABS indicator • Supplemental restraint system indicator 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 531 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ Foot Brake 1Foot Brake Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard. 2 Brake Assist System P. 535 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 534 Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times. If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by high frequency vibration of the brake pads against the rotating brake disc. Driving Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear. Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you. Continued 531 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 532 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ Automatic Brake Hold 1Automatic Brake Hold Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at traffic lights and in heavy traffic. ■ Turning on the system ■ Activating the system Comes On Automatic Brake Hold Button Driving 532 Fasten your seat belt properly, then start the engine. Press the automatic brake hold button. ● The automatic brake hold system indicator comes on. The system is turned on. Brake Pedal ■ Canceling the system On On Comes On Goes Off U.S. Comes On Accelerator Pedal Canada Depress the brake pedal to come to a complete stop. The transmission must be in (D or (N . ● The automatic brake hold indicator comes on. Braking is kept for up to 10 minutes. ● Release the brake pedal after the automatic brake hold indicator comes on. Depress the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in (D . The system is canceled and the vehicle starts to move. ● The automatic brake hold indicator goes off. The system continues to be on. 3 WARNING Activating the automatic brake hold system on steep hills or slippery roads may still allow the vehicle to move if you remove your foot from the brake pedal. If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death. Never activate the automatic brake hold system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from moving when stopped on a steep hill or slippery roads. 3 WARNING Using the automatic brake hold system to park the vehicle may result in the vehicle unexpectedly moving. If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death. Never leave the vehicle when braking is temporarily kept by automatic brake hold and always park the vehicle by putting the transmission in (P and applying the parking brake. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 533 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguBrake System ■ The system automatically cancels when: • You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R . • You engage the parking brake. ■ The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when: • • • • Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes. The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. The engine is turned off. Brake Hold System Problem appears on the MID. ■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system Goes Off If you want to turn off automatic brake hold while the system is in operation, press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed. While the system is activated, you can turn off the engine or park the vehicle through the same procedure as you normally do. 2 When Stopped P. 545 Whether the system is on, or the system is activated, the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is off. 1Turning on the system Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold system before using an automated car wash. You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold system is in operation. The system generates sound while holding the vehicle and it moves. Driving Automatic Brake Hold Button While the system is on, press the automatic brake hold button again. u The automatic brake hold system indicator goes off. 1Automatic Brake Hold 533 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 534 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS) Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ■ ABS Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you. The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading. You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as “stomp and steer.” ■ ABS operation Driving The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice. ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on: • Wet or snow covered roads. • Roads paved with stone. • Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc. When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops. 534 1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of the wrong size or type. If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking will not be affected, there is a possibility that the ABS will not operating. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to skidding and loss of steering control. In the following cases, your vehicle may need more distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS: • You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces, such as gravel or snow. • The tires are equipped with snow chains. The following may be observed with the ABS system: • Motor sounds coming from the engine compartment when the brakes are applied, or when system checks are being performed after the engine has been started and while vehicle is accelerates. • Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when ABS activates. These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS systems and are no cause for concern. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 535 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguBrake Assist System Brake Assist System Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking. ■ Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking. When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down. Driving 535 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 536 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable. ■ How the system works When to use The camera is located behind the rearview mirror. 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions. The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions: 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 540 You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 Driving Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor cover. The radar sensor is in the front grille. The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you. The CMBSTM activates when: ● The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision. ● Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. 536 1How the system works Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you when your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62 mph (30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle detected in front of you. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 537 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ■ When the system activates 1When the system activates The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.) Head-up Warning Lights * Visual Alerts The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection limitations from the list. 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 540 The head-up warning * uses a lens located at the front end of the dashboard. Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it. Lens Beep Driving Audible Alert Tactile Alert At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/ Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through MID setting options. 2 List of customizable options P. 129 ■ Vibration alert on the steering wheel 1Vibration alert on the steering wheel When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and audible alerts. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the steering wheel, etc.). * Not available on all models Continued Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on. 2 Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator P. 88 537 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 538 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ■ Collision Alert Stages The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage. CMBSTM Distance between vehicles Normal Long Short Stage one Vehicle Ahead The sensors detect a vehicle There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you. Your Vehicle Driving Stage two Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead Audible & Visual WARNINGS Steering Wheel Braking When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal. In case of an oncoming vehicle detected, rapid vibration is provided. — The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced. Lightly applied Visual and audible alerts. Stage three 538 Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable. — Forcefully applied 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 539 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ■ CMBSTM On and Off 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Press and hold the button until the beeper sounds to switch the system on or off. The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain conditions: 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 540 When the CMBSTM is off: • The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument panel comes on. • A message on the MID reminds you that the system is off. The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle. Driving Continued 539 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 540 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ■ CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 ■ Environmental conditions Driving • • • • • • • • • Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel. ■ Roadway conditions • Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). • The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. • Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads. 540 1CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to the radar sensor area. This can impact CMBSTM operation. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently). If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the following situations, the radar sensor may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer: • The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock, embankment, etc. • You drive the vehicle where the water is deep. • Your vehicle has a frontal collision. If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 541 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ■ Vehicle conditions • • • • • • • • • Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction, improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.). When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The camera temperature gets too high. Driving with the parking brake applied. When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. Driving * Not available on all models Continued 541 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 542 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ■ Detection limitations Driving 542 • A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. • The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is too short. • A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. • When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at high speed. • The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small vehicle. • When there are animals in front of your vehicle. • When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. • The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of you is significantly large. • An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. • Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc. • Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. • When driving through a narrow iron bridge. • When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 543 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only • When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by side. • Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian. • When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting. • When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 7 feet (2 meter) in height. • When a pedestrian blends in with the background. • When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or they are running. • When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group. • When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size). The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator comes and stays on when: • The temperature inside the system is high. • You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an extended period. • An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.). • The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on. Continued Driving ■ Automatic shutoff 543 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 544 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ■ With Little Chance of a Collision The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are: ■ When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass. ■ At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn. ■ On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you. Driving ■ Through a low bridge at high speed You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed. ■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls. 544 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) For the CMBSTM to work properly: Always keep the radar sensor cover clean. Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 545 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. With the brake pedal depressed, press the electric parking brake switch slowly, but fully. 3. Change the gear position to (P . 4. Turn off the engine. The electric parking brake indicator goes off in about 15 seconds. 1Parking Your Vehicle Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire. 1When Stopped NOTICE The following can damage the transmission: • Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals simultaneously. • Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by depressing the accelerator pedal. • Changing into (P before the vehicle stops completely. Continued Driving In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from moving. If you do not take either precaution, the vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash. 545 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 546 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, particularly if you are parked on an incline. 1When Stopped 3 WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged. A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death. Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator. Driving 546 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 547 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System * Parking Sensor System * The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles near your vehicle. The beeper and information screen let you know the approximate distance between your vehicle and the obstacle. ■ The sensor location and range Front Corner Sensors Rear Corner Sensors Rear Center Sensors Front Center Sensors 1Parking Sensor System * Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is no obstacle near your vehicle before parking. The system may not work properly when: • The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt, etc. • The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass, bumpy road, or a hill. • The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather. • The system is affected by devices that emit ultrasonic waves. • Driving in bad weather. The system may not sense: or sponge. • Objects directly under the bumper. Within about 28 in (70 cm) or less * Not available on all models Front: Within about 39 in (100 cm) or less Rear: Within about 45 in (115 cm) or less Continued Driving • Thin or low objects. • Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton, Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors. 547 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 548 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System * ■ Parking sensor system on and off With the power mode in ON, press the parking sensor system button to turn on or off the system. The indicator in the button comes on when the system is on. The rear center and corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is in (R , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h). The front corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is not in (P , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h). Driving 548 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 549 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System * ■ When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter Length of the intermittent beep Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle Indicator Corner Sensors Center Sensors Moderate — Rear: About 45-28 in (115-70 cm) Front: About 39-28 in (100-70 cm) Short About 28-18 in (70-45 cm) About 28-18 in (70-45 cm) Very short About 18-14 in (45-35 cm) About 18-14 in (45-35 cm) Blinks in Yellow*1 Information Screen Models with multi-view rear camera system Blinks in Amber Indicators light where the sensor detects an obstacle. Continuous About 14 in (35 cm) or less About 14 in (35 cm) or less Driving Models with surround view camera system Blinks in Red Indicators light where the sensor detects an obstacle. *1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles. Continued 549 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 550 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System * ■ Turning off All Rear Sensors 1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). 2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON. 3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator in the button flashes. 4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off. u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off. To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds three times when the rear sensors come back on. Driving 550 1Turning off All Rear Sensors When you set the gear position to (R , the indicator in the parking sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 551 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * Cross Traffic Monitor * Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected. The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space. 1Cross Traffic Monitor * 3 CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all. Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision. Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing. Driving * Not available on all models Continued 551 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 552 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * ■ How the System Works 1Cross Traffic Monitor * The system activates when: • The power mode is in ON. • The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on. 2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 555 • The transmission is in (R . • Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or lower. Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners Driving When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning. The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle. The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may not detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects. 552 * Not available on all models Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without an approaching vehicle under the following conditions: • An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall, near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the radar sensor’s scope. • Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h) or higher. • A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25 km/h). • The system picks up external interference such as other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby. • Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt. • When there is bad weather. • Your vehicle is on an incline. • Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. • Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a vehicle, and so on. • The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 553 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * 1Cross Traffic Monitor * Models with parking sensor system The parking sensor system’s alerting buzzer overrides the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors are detecting obstacles at the closest range. Driving * Not available on all models Continued 553 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 554 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * ■ When the System Detects a Vehicle 1When the System Detects a Vehicle If the on the lower right changes to in amber when the transmission is in (R , mud snow or ice, etc. may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary. Models with multi-view rear camera system Arrow Icon If the comes on when the transmission is in (R , there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Normal View Wide View Top Down View Models with surround view camera system Arrow Icon Driving Rear Ground View Rear Wide View Rear Normal View An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the information screen. 554 If the display remains the same with the transmission in (R , there may be a problem with the rear camera system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 555 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor * ■ Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off You can switch on and off the system using the information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 358 icon Driving 555 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 556 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Multi-View Rear Camera * About Your Multi-View Rear Camera The information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R . ■ Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area Wide View Mode Guidelines Approx. 39 inches (1 m) Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Tailgate Open Range Normal View Mode Driving Camera 556 * Not available on all models The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are. Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle. If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris. Bumper Approx. 39 inches (1 m) Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Tailgate Open Range 1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera Top Down View Mode You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic Guideline settings. 2 Customized Features P. 358 Fixed Guideline On: Guidelines appear when you put the transmission into (R . Off: Guidelines do not appear. Dynamic Guideline On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel direction. Off: Guidelines do not move. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 557 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMulti-View Rear Camera * uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Press the selector knob to switch the mode. : Wide view mode : Normal view mode : Top down view mode • If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R . • If Top down view mode was last used before you turned the power mode to OFF, Wide View mode is selected next time you set the power mode to ON and put the transmission into (R . • If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change from (R , Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R . Driving 557 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 558 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Surround View Camera System * Is a four camera system that views areas commonly known as “blind spots” from different angles, then displays the images on the information screen. This system can be used to: • Check the right and left sides of the vehicle while crossing at intersections with poor visibility (fog, heavy rain, obstructed view, etc.). 2 Checking from the front wide view at intersections P. 566 • Check for obstacles in front of the vehicle when parking or maneuvering in confined areas. 2 Checking the sides of your vehicle P. 566 • Check for obstacles when you are moving in (R . 2 Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle P. 562 • Assist you when backing into or parallel parking the vehicle in a lined parking space. 2 Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 563 2 Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 564 1Surround View Camera System * 3 WARNING Failure to visually assess the area around the vehicle (directly or by use of the mirrors) may result in a crash causing serious injury or death. The areas shown in the surround view camera system display are limited. The display may not show all pedestrians or other objects around your vehicle. Driving Do not solely rely only on the surround view camera system display to assess whether it is safe to move your vehicle. 3 WARNING Failure to pay proper attention to your surroundings while driving may result in a crash causing serious injury or death. To help mitigate the chances of a collision, only look at the surround view camera system display when it is safe to do so. 558 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 559 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSurround View Camera System * uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras CAMERA Button 1Surround View Camera System * ■ For frontal views: Press the CAMERA button when the vehicle is stationary or moving at 7 mph (12 km/h) or slower. Press the button again to switch camera views. ■ For rear reviews: Change the gear position to (R when the vehicle is stationary. Press the CAMERA button to switch to rear view mode. The surround view camera system does not eliminate all blind spots. The system is for your convenience only. Always keep the camera lenses clean and free from debris. The system is disabled when the gear position is in (R . You can customize the display setting. 2 Customized Features P. 358 Driving * Not available on all models Continued 559 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 560 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSurround View Camera System * uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras ■ Camera Locations and Images Ground View An overhead view created by the combination of images captured by four cameras. Front Ground View CAMERA Button CAMERA Button CAMERA Button CAMERA Button Driving Right Side View Sideview Camera (Passenger side) Sideview Camera (Driver side) CAMERA Button Rear Normal View Left and Right Side View Front-view Camera 560 CAMERA Button Rear Wide View Front Wide View Press and hold CAMERA button. Rear Ground View The unique surround view camera lenses make distances appear differently than they actually are - objects seen on the information screen may appear closer or further away, and may be distorted. This becomes more apparent the further away an object is from your vehicle. Rearview Camera 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 561 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSurround View Camera System * uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras ■ Reference Lines and Guides Following can be displayed when the system is on. Guide lines: Help you to get a sense of a distance between your vehicle and the rear surroundings. The distance may appear differently than the actual distance. Projection lines: Indicate vehicle direction while the steering wheel is in the current position. Operating the audio system while the surround view camera system screen is displayed cancels the surround view camera system screen and starts up the audio system screen. If you press the CAMERA button while the vehicle speed is more than 9 mph (15 km/h), the standby screen appears. When Show Camera When Decelerating is on, and the vehicle speed is reduced below 7 mph (12 km/h), the screen switches to a surround view camera system image. 2 Customized Features P. 358 1Reference Lines and Guides The positions/distances indicated by the guide lines and camera views on the display may differ from the actual positions/distances due to the changes in the vehicle height, road conditions, and other factors. The guide lines should be used as a reference only. Driving Depending on your parking situation, you can select Back-in Left Park Guidance, Back-in Right Park Guidance, Left Parallel Park Guidance, or Right Parallel Park Guidance from Camera Menu to display: Initial position guide: Marks the point where your vehicle is headed when reversing. Steering position alignment guide: Indicates when to change the steering wheel position. 1Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras The guide lines can be turned on and off using the information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 358 If you turn the guide lines off, they remain off until you turn them back on. 561 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 562 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle When Parking Your Vehicle ■ Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle The display automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is changed to (R . Rear Normal View Rear Wide View Not folded Folded Driving 1Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle 20 inches (50 cm) When changing the gear position from/to (R , you may experience a delay in switching between the information screen and a rear view image. 39 inches (1 m) Approximate distances the projection lines indicate Blind spots appear in black. 39 inches (1 m) The projection lines appear approx. 16 inches (40 cm) outside the vehicle body. Press the CAMERA button. 562 The ground view can be displayed even with the door mirrors folded. However, the viewable angle and blind spot change. Do not refer to the surround view camera system when the door mirrors are folded. Rear Ground View When the steering wheel is turned more than 90 degrees. Approximate distances the guide lines indicate 1When Parking Your Vehicle 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 563 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle ■ Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines Steering position alignment guide enters the parking space. (Step 4) Initial Positioning Guide C B 1Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines If the steering position alignment guide does not fit in the parking lines, the parking space is too small for the vehicle. Reference lines can be useful only when the parking space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces are within the spaces. Steering Position Alignment Guide Must be wider than approx. 8 feet (2.5 m) A The initial positioning guide must come here. Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m) Make sure the guides are within the parking space when reversing. Continued Driving 1. With your vehicle at a complete stop, press the CAMERA button, then press the ENTER/MENU button. Rotate to select Back-in Left Park Guidance or Back-in Right Park Guidance. Press . 2. Move the vehicle forward perpendicular to the parking space and stop where the initial positioning guide in the display is at the center of the parking space. 3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger side) at a stop. u The steering position alignment guide is displayed. 4. Slowly move the vehicle forward. u Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide enters the parking space. 5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger side) at a stop. Start reversing the vehicle slowly. 6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines. 7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly until it is parked within the space. 563 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 564 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle ■ Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines B A Must be wider than approx. 8 feet (2.5 m) C Initial positioning guide overlaps the front corner of the space. (Step 2) Initial Positioning Guide Steering Position Alignment Guide Must be longer than approx. 21 feet (6.5 m) Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m) Driving 564 1. Press the CAMERA button, then press the ENTER/MENU button. Rotate to select Left Parallel Park Guidance or Right Parallel Park Guidance. Press . 2. Move the vehicle forward parallel to the parking space and stop when the initial positioning guide shown in the display overlaps the front corner of the space. 3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger side) at a stop. u The steering position alignment guide is displayed. 4. Slowly reverse the vehicle. u Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide overlaps the sideline of the parking space. 5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger side) at a stop. Reverse the vehicle slowly. 6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines. 7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly until it is parked within the space. 1 Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines Reference lines can be useful only when the parking space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces are within the spaces. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 565 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle ■ Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle 1Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle You can display the front ground view screen using all the four cameras for the system. Pressing the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is at below 7 mph (12 km/h) changes the image as follows. A Combined Image of Both Side Views Front Wide View Front Ground View When the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h), the front or side view on the screen automatically switches to the information screen. The front or side view screen resumes when Show Camera When Decelerating is on, and the vehicle speed is reduced below 7 mph (12 km/h). 2 Customized Features P. 358 0 mph (0 km/h) Camera Screen Press and hold the CAMERA button. Side View Camera Screen*1 0 mph (0 km/h) Down Information Screen Information Screen 7 mph (12 km/h) Up Driving When the steering wheel is turned more than 90 degrees. 9 mph (15 km/h) *1 : When Show Camera When Decelerating is on. Approximate distance the reference line indicates. approx. 3 feet (1 m) Blind spots appear in black. Projection lines appear. Press the CAMERA button. Continued 565 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 566 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle ■ Checking from the front wide view at intersections 1Checking from the front wide view at intersections The front wide view screen is useful when you need to check for vehicles crossing from either direction at an intersection with poor visibility. The angle provided by the front wide view screen is 180 degrees. Front Wide View Screen When the vehicle speed is below 7 mph (12 km/h), press the CAMERA button repeatedly until the front wide view comes on. ■ Checking the sides of your vehicle 1Checking the sides of your vehicle The side view screens are convenient when you pull over at a curb or tollbooth, or slowly pass by oncoming vehicles on a narrow road. Driving Side View Screen Side Views The images from the side cameras. 12 inches (30 cm) Press and hold the CAMERA button. 12 inches (30 cm) 566 12 inches (30 cm) The front wide view image is a wide-angled view. The displayed image will be largely distorted, and objects may appear closer or more distant than they actually are. Approximate distance the projection lines indicate is 12 inches (30 cm) from the vehicle. When the door mirrors are folded, the side views cannot be displayed. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 567 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSurround View Camera System * uWhen Parking Your Vehicle ■ Surround View Camera System Limitations The system may not work properly under the following conditions. Conditions The images may not appear clearly when: ● ● ● ● ● ● You activate the system in bad weather (heavy rain, Do not use the surround view camera system but rely snow, fog, etc.) or in the dark. only on visual confirmation until the conditions allow Camera temperatures are high. the system to work properly. A sudden change between light and dark such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. You drive into the sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk.) A camera lens is covered with dirt, moisture, or debris. A camera lens is scratched. Clean camera lenses with a soft cloth moisturized with water, mild detergent or glass cleaner. The information screen is dirty. Wipe off the screen using a soft dry cloth. A camera or the area around the camera has been severely impacted. Do not use the surround view camera system and contact a dealer. Driving A camera angle is altered. Solutions An error message is displayed while the surround view camera system is in use. 567 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 568 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Refueling Fuel Information ■ Fuel recommendation Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage. ■ Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines. Driving Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system. For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com In Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com. ■ Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 liters) 568 1Fuel Information NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available. Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 569 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel How to Refuel Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler nozzle. 1. Stop your vehicle with the service station pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear. 2. Turn off the engine. 3. Press the fuel fill door release button. u The fuel fill door opens. Press 1How to Refuel 3 WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel. • Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away. • Handle fuel only outdoors. • Wipe up spills immediately. Driving The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon fuel for other uses) or other non-service station devices can damage the area in and around the filler opening. The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature. If the fuel filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer. Continued 569 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 570 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel 4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the filler nozzle goes down along with the filler pipe. u Keep the filler nozzle level. u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will click off automatically. u After filling, wait about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle. 5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand. Driving 570 1How to Refuel Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity. If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle. 2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container P. 669 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 571 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle. ■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving. Miles driven Gallons of fuel Miles per Gallon 100 Liter Kilometers L per 100 km In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/ Driving You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the MID. • Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal. • Maintain the specified tire pressure. • Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. • Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside adds weight and increases wind resistance. 1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions 571 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 572 572 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 573 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Maintenance This chapter discusses basic maintenance. Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 574 Safety When Performing Maintenance..575 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service...576 Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 577 Maintenance Under the Hood Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 581 Opening the Hood ........................... 582 Engine Compartment Cover............. 583 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 584 Oil Check ......................................... 585 Adding Engine Oil ............................ 586 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter...587 * Not available on all models Engine Coolant ................................ 589 Transmission Fluid............................ 591 Brake Fluid....................................... 592 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 592 Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 593 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades...598 Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires ................................. 602 Tire and Loading Information Label .. 603 Tire Labeling .................................... 603 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 605 Wear Indicators................................ 607 Tire Service Life ................................ 607 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 608 Tire Rotation.................................... 609 Winter Tires ..................................... 610 Battery............................................... 611 Remote Transmitter Care Replacing the Button Battery ........... 613 Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care * ........................... 615 Climate Control System Maintenance ..617 Cleaning Interior Care .................................... 618 Exterior Care.................................... 620 Accessories and Modifications ........ 623 573 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 574 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and inspection information. ■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance ■ Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling. ■ Periodic inspections • Check the brake fluid level monthly. 2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 592 • Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 602 Maintenance 574 • Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 1Inspection and Maintenance U.S. models Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are “certified” to EPA standards. According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the multi-information display (MID). 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 579 If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfo.honda.com. 2 Authorized Manuals P. 682 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 593 • Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 598 If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 575 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task. ■ Maintenance Safety • To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts. • Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire. • To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline. • Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air. • Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation. • The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and the engine is off. • Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts. • Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away from moving parts. u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function * is activated. * Not available on all models 3 WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owner’s manual. 3 WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed. Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owner’s manual. Maintenance ■ Vehicle Safety 1Safety When Performing Maintenance 575 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 576 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles. Maintenance 576 1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may damage the engine cover and component parts. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 577 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Maintenance MinderTM If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages appear on the multi-information display (MID) every time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services. To Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information 1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the engine oil, appear on the MID. You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until the engine oil life appears on the MID. Remaining Engine Oil Life Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls Displayed Engine Oil Life (%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 10 5 0 Calculated Engine Oil Life (%) 100 to 91 90 to 81 80 to 71 70 to 61 60 to 51 50 to 41 40 to 31 30 to 21 20 to 16 15 to 11 10 to 6 5 to 1 0 Maintenance Maintenance Service Items Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage. There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the MID. 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 579 Continued 577 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 578 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display (MID) Maintenance Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information Maintenance Due Soon 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by rolling the multi-function steering-wheel controls, this message will go off. The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon. Maintenance Due Now 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to switch to another display. The engine oil has almost reached the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced as soon as possible. Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance U.S. The system message indicator ( 578 Canada The remaining engine oil life has The engine oil life has passed. passed its service life, and a negative The maintenance items must be inspected and serviced immediately. distance appears after driving over 10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). Roll the multifunction steering wheel control to switch to another display. ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 579 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Maintenance Service Items System Message Indicator 1Maintenance Service Items • Independent of the Maintenance Minder ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Sub Items Maintenance Main Items Replace engine oil*1 Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Check expiration date for tire repair kit bottle * Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system# Inspect fuel lines and connections# *1: If the message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year. # : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). * Not available on all models CODE 1 2 ● ● ● ● 3 4 ● ● ● ● 5 6 ● ● Maintenance Sub Items Rotate tires Replace air cleaner element*2 Replace dust and pollen filter*3 Inspect drive belt Replace transmission and transfer * fluid*4 Replace spark plugs Replace timing belt and inspect water pump*5 Inspect valve clearance Replace engine coolant Replace rear differential fluid *, *6 Maintenance ● • Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy. Main Item CODE A B information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years. Maintenance Minder Message *4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission temperature. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed at 30,000 miles (48,000 km). *5: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43°C), in very low temperatures (under -20°F, -29°C), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km. *6: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher level of mechanical (Shear) stress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the differential fluid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). Continued 579 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 580 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM ■ Resetting the Display 1Resetting the Display Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service. Maintenance Service Items NOTICE Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems. The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the engine oil life display yourself. Remaining Engine Oil Life You can reset the engine oil life display using the audio/information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 358 Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls Maintenance 580 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Go to the Maintenance Info. group. 2 Customized Features P. 126 3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the MID. 4. Select Reset with the multi-function steering-wheel controls, then push the multi-function steering wheel control. u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display returns to 100%. u To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 581 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Maintenance Under the Hood Maintenance Items Under the Hood Engine Oil Fill Cap Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange) Brake Fluid (Black Cap) Washer Fluid Battery Maintenance Engine Coolant Reserve Tank Radiator Cap 581 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 582 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood Opening the Hood Hood Release Handle 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly. Pull 1Opening the Hood NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised: The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers. Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may damage the engine cover and component parts. 3. Push the hood latch lever (located under the front edge of the hood to the center) to the side and raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever. When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched. If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated. Models with Auto Idle Stop Lever Maintenance 582 Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. 4. Lift the hood up most of the way. u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the rest of the way and hold it up. When closing, lower it to approximately 12 inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with your hands. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 583 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover Engine Compartment Cover The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover. You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work. Pull up on the engine compartment cover carefully until all pins are removed from their grommets. Remove the Engine Compartment Cover Maintenance 583 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 584 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil Recommended Engine Oil • Genuine Acura Motor Oil • Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the container. Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged. This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institute’s latest requirements. Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for the ambient temperature as shown. Maintenance Ambient Temperature ■ Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade. 584 1Recommended Engine Oil Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 585 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil. 1. Remove the dipstick (orange). 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its hole. 1Oil Check If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil, being careful not to overfill. 4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary. Maintenance Upper Mark Lower Mark 585 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 586 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil Adding Engine Oil 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the engine oil dipstick. Engine Oil Fill Cap Maintenance 586 1Adding Engine Oil NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and engine damage. If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 587 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly. Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multiinformation display. 1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature, and then turn the Drain Bolt engine off. 2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap. 3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the Washer oil into a suitable container. 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground. Maintenance Continued 587 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 588 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter Oil Filter Maintenance 588 4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil. 5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it. 6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the filter gasket. 7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque: 29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m) 8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including filter): 5.7 US qt (5.4 L) 9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine. 10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter. 11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil. 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer. When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 589 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant Engine Coolant 1Engine Coolant Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water. We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly. 3 WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap. ■ Reserve Tank MAX MIN 1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool. 2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. u If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible. Maintenance 2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 583 3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks. NOTICE Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at temperatures as low as about −31°F (−35°C). If your vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for details. Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components. Continued 589 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 590 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant ■ Radiator 1Radiator Radiator Cap 1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool. 2. Remove the engine compartment cover. 2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 583 3. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counterclockwise and relieve any pressure in the cooling system. 4. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it. 5. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low. 6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully. Maintenance 590 NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 591 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid Transmission Fluid ■ Automatic Transmission Fluid Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.1 or higher Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary. Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself. 1Automatic Transmission Fluid NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) is not covered by Acura’s new vehicle limited warranty. Maintenance 591 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 592 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid Brake Fluid Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 NOTICE ■ Checking the Brake Fluid The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reserve tank. Brake Reserve Tank 1Brake Fluid MAX MIN Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive damage. If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement. Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible. If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible. Refilling Window Washer Fluid Maintenance If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the MID. Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir. 1Refilling Window Washer Fluid NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump. Use only commercially available windshield washer fluid. Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime scale build up. 592 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 593 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Replacing Light Bulbs Headlights Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Front Turn Signal/Parking, Daytime Running and Front Side Marker Lights 1Headlights The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician. Front turn signal/parking, daytime running and front side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Fog Lights * Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights * Not available on all models Maintenance Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. 593 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 594 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Brake Light: 21 W Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W 1. Remove the cover. u Starting at the bottom, carefully pull the cover straight out, working upward until all pins are removed from their grommets. u The grommets should remain in the body. Bolts Maintenance 594 2. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove the bolts. 3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 595 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights/Rear Side Marker Lights 4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it. Remove the old bulb. 5. Insert a new bulb. 6. Slide the light assembly onto the guide on the body. 7. Align the pins with the body grommets, then push in until they fully seat. Bulb Socket Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights Taillights/rear side marker lights are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Maintenance 595 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 596 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs Back-Up Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Back-Up Light: 21 W 1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge using a flat-tip screwdriver. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratches. Bulb 2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it. Remove the old bulb. 3. Insert a new bulb. Maintenance Socket Taillights Taillights are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. 596 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 597 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Lights Rear License Plate Lights Rear license plate lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. High-Mount Brake Light High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Puddle Lights * Puddle lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly. Maintenance * Not available on all models 597 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 598 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass. Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the passenger side. Lock Tab Maintenance 598 2. Pry on the edge of the lock tab using a flattip screwdriver to push it up. Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratches. 3. Slide the holder off the wiper arm. 1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 599 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber 4. Slide the wiper blade out of the holder by pulling the tabbed end out. Blade Blade 5. Remove the retainers from the wiper blade that has been removed, and mount to a new wiper blade. u Correctly align the wiper blade protrusion and the retainer grooves. Retainer Maintenance 6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder from the bottom end. u The tab on the holder should fit in the indent of the wiper blade. 7. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm, then push down the lock tab. 8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first, then the driver side. 599 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 600 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Raise the wiper arm off. 1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm, it may damage the rear window. 2. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with the indent. Blade Maintenance 3. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and mount to a new rubber blade. Retainer Rubber 600 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 601 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber 4. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder. u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then install the wiper blade assembly onto the wiper arm. Maintenance 601 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 602 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated. ■ Inflation guidelines Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure. Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating. Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly. Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge. Maintenance At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires, including the spare *. Even tires in good condition can lose 1–2 psi (10–20 kPa, 0.1–0.2 kgf/cm2) per month. ■ Inspection guidelines Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: • Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts, splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. • Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. • Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. • Excessive tread wear. 2 Wear Indicators P. 607 • Cracks or other damage around valve stem. 602 * Not available on all models 1Checking Tires 3 WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner’s manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance. Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached. If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold. Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 603 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information. Label Example 1Tire and Loading Information Label The tire and loading information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and spare. Tire Labeling Example Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN) The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described below. Maximum Tire Pressure Tire Size ■ Tire Sizes Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size. Continued Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. P235/60R18 102V P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle). 235: Tire width in millimeters. 60: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 18: Rim diameter in inches. 102: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating). Maintenance Maximum Tire Load 1Tire Sizes 603 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 604 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling ■ Tire Identification Number (TIN) The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire. ■ Glossary of Tire Terminology Maintenance 604 Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread. 1Tire Identification Number (TIN) DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture. Year Week 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 605 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings. ■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. Continued For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Maintenance ■ Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. 1Uniform Tire Quality Grading 605 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 606 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) Maintenance 606 ■ Traction The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. 1Traction ■ Temperature The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. 1Temperature Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 607 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators Wear Indicators Example of a Wear Indicator mark The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads. Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use). * Not available on all models Maintenance In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare *, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear. 607 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 608 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) system to work incorrectly. Maintenance 608 1Tire and Wheel Replacement 3 WARNING It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs. Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle. Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels. Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owner’s manual. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 609 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the MID helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life. ■ Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here. Front 1Tire Rotation Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below. Front Rotation Mark ■ Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here. Maintenance Front 609 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 610 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving. Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding. 1Winter Tires 3 WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed. Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law. When mounting, refer to the following points. For winter tires: • Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. • Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: • Install them on the front tires only. • Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the chains listed below: Maintenance 610 Cable-type: SCC Cable Chain Super Z LT - ZT735 • Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can. • Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. • Drive slowly. Follow all instructions in this owner’s manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains. NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle. When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle operational limits. If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 611 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Battery Checking the Battery The condition of the battery is monitored by a sensor located on the negative terminal of the battery. If there is a problem with this sensor, the multi-information display (MID) will display a warning message. If this happens, have you vehicle inspected by a dealer. Battery Check the battery terminals for corrosion monthly. If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead: • The audio system is disabled. 2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 236 • The clock resets. 1Battery 3 WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation. A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you. When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it. 2 Clock P. 138 • The navigation system * is disabled. 2 Refer to navigation system manual Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system. Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last. When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion. Maintenance Charging the Battery * WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling. When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Consult a dealer for more information. * Not available on all models 611 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 612 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuBatteryuCharging the AGM Battery * Charging the AGM Battery * AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to charge your vehicle’s AGM battery, consult a dealer. Maintenance 612 * Not available on all models 1Battery Models with Auto Idle Stop The battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 613 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Remote Transmitter Care Replacing the Button Battery Models without remote control engine start system 1Replacing the Button Battery If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery. 3 WARNING Battery type: CR2032 1. Remove the built-in key. Battery Continued NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal. Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer. Maintenance 2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Remove carefully to avoid losing the buttons. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent scratching the transmitter. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the correct polarity. CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD The battery that powers the remote transmitter can cause severe internal burns and can even lead to death if swallowed. Keep new and used batteries away from children. If you suspect that a child has swallowed the battery, seek medical attention immediately. 613 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 614 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery Models with remote control engine start system If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery. Battery type: CR2032 1. Remove the built-in key. u As a convenience, lightly place masking tape over the remote buttons to hold them in place. Battery Maintenance 614 2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent scratching the transmitter. 3. Press down on the center of the assembly and remove the battery. u When removing the button battery, be careful not to touch parts around it. 4. Make sure to replace the battery with the correct polarity. 1Replacing the Button Battery Models with remote control engine start system NOTICE The Remote transmitter is equipped with two batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin button battery and an integral non-replaceable rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032 battery every three to four years. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 615 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care * Models with Rear Entertainment System Replacing the Battery 1Replacing the Battery ■ Remote Control 3 WARNING If it takes several pushes on the remote control buttons to operate the rear entertainment system, replace the battery. Battery type: BR3032 1. Remove the cover. 2. Make sure to replace the battery with the correct polarity. CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD The battery that powers the remote control can cause severe internal burns and can even lead to death if swallowed. Keep new and used batteries away from children. If you suspect that a child has swallowed the battery, seek medical attention immediately. NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal. * Not available on all models Continued Maintenance Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer. 615 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 616 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuRemote Control and Wireless Headphone Care * uReplacing the Battery ■ Wireless Headphone If there is no sound coming from the wireless headphone, replace the battery. Battery type: AAA 1. Remove the screw. Cover Maintenance 616 Battery 2. Open the cover. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the correct polarity. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 617 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Climate Control System Maintenance Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter. We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust. 1Dust and Pollen Filter If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement. Maintenance 617 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 618 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Cleaning Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue. ■ Cleaning Seat Belts Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth. Opening 1Interior Care Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them. Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer. Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline. Maintenance 618 After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them away using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 619 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCleaninguInterior Care ■ Cleaning the Window 1Cleaning the Window Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them. Wipe using a glass cleaner. ■ Floor Mats Unlock Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mats. ■ Maintaining Genuine Leather To properly clean leather: 1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust. 2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90% water and 10% neutral soap. 3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth. 4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade. * Not available on all models 1Floor Mats If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere with the front seat functions. 1Maintaining Genuine Leather Maintenance Lock The front and second row passenger’s floor mats hook over floor anchors, which keep them from sliding forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position. Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor *. 2 Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) P. 174 2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers * P. 181 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487 It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the leather. In addition, please note that some dark colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats resulting in discoloration or stains. 619 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 620 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCleaninguExterior Care Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it. ■ Washing the Vehicle Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: • If driving on roads with road salt. • If driving in coastal areas. • If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces. 1Washing the Vehicle Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can cause a malfunction. Air Intake Vents Maintenance 620 Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel system or engine. ■ Using an Automated Car Wash • Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. • Fold in the door mirrors. • For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off. 1Using an Automated Car Wash When using an automated car wash that pulls the vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is in car wash mode. 2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 476 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 621 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCleaninguExterior Care ■ Using High Pressure Cleaners • Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. • Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to enter the vehicle interior. • Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead, use low pressure water and a mild detergent. ■ Applying Wax 1Applying Wax A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary. ■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water. NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe away spills immediately. 1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin. Maintenance ■ Cleaning the Window Wipe using a glass cleaner. Continued 621 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 622 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuCleaninguExterior Care ■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish, the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains, wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet. ■ Fogged Exterior Light Lenses Maintenance 622 The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction. However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 623 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Accessories and Modifications Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: • Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and delay your reaction to driving conditions. • Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy. • Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle. 2 Fuses P. 658 • Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation. 1Accessories and Modifications 3 WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner’s manual regarding accessories and modifications. Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle. Maintenance 623 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 624 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications Modifications Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar effect. Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations. The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other devices that Acura has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems. Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components. Maintenance 624 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 625 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Handling the Unexpected This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles. Tools Types of Tools .................................. 626 If a Tire Goes Flat Changing a Flat Tire * ....................... 627 Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * ..... 634 Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine ........................ 646 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak ............................................. 647 Emergency Engine Stop ................... 648 Jump Starting.................................... 649 * Not available on all models Overheating How to Handle Overheating............. 651 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On... 653 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ................................................. 653 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ................................... 654 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On ................................................... 655 If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On........... 655 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ....................... 657 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message...... 657 Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 658 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 665 Emergency Towing........................... 666 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door.. 667 When You Cannot Open the Tailgate ..668 Refueling........................................... 669 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container.. 669 625 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 626 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Tools Types of Tools 1Types of Tools The tools are stored in the cargo area. Towing Hook Funnel Models with a compact spare tire Wheel Nut Wrench/Jack Handle Tool Case Handling the Unexpected 626 Jack Handle Bar Funnel Jack 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 627 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 If a Tire Goes Flat Changing a Flat Tire * If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or replaced. 1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). 1Changing a Flat Tire * Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2) When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full-size tire as soon as possible. Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire. Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle (if equipped). If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor. * Not available on all models Continued Handling the Unexpected The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle. 627 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 628 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire * ■ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire 1. Push the rear edge of the handle on the floor lid and open the lid. 1Changing a Flat Tire * NOTICE Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call your dealer or a professional towing service. The wheel nut wrench supplied with your vehicle is specially adapted to fit the holder shaft. Do not use any other tool. Handle Handling the Unexpected 2. Take out the cargo floor box. Cargo Floor Box Tool Case 628 * Not available on all models 3. Take the jack, wheel nut wrench, and jack handle bar out of the tool case. The subwoofer is located on the rear right side. Do not store anything in this area. Doing so may compromise vehicle audio performance. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 629 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire * 4. Remove the cover on the cargo area lining to access the shaft for the spare tire hoist. Cover Jack Handle Bar Wheel Nut Wrench Bracket 6. Keep turning the wheel nut wrench to create slack in the cable. 7. Remove the bracket from the spare tire. Continued Handling the Unexpected 5. Put the wheel nut wrench with the jack handle bar on the hoist shaft. Turn the wrench to the left to lower the spare tire to the ground. 629 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 630 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire * 8. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire. The tire to be replaced. Handling the Unexpected 630 Wheel Blocks 9. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up) under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced. 10. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 631 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire * ■ How to Set Up the Jack 1How to Set Up the Jack 1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed. 3 WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath. Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and no person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in the image until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is resting in the jack notch. 3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground. Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle. Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or may not fit the jacking point. The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: • Do not use while the engine is running. • Use only where the ground is firm and level. • Use only at the jacking points. • Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. • Do not put anything on top of or underneath the jack. Handling the Unexpected Jacking Points Jack Handle Bar Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle Continued 631 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 632 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire * ■ Replacing the Flat Tire 1Replacing the Flat Tire 1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire. Handling the Unexpected 2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth. 3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the lips around the mounting holes, then stop rotating. 5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 94 lbf∙ft (127 N∙m, 13.0 kgf∙m) 632 Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 633 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire * ■ Storing the Flat Tire Center Cap 1. Remove the center cap. 2. Place the flat tire face up under the hoist. 3. Insert the hoist bracket into the center hole of the flat tire. 4. Slowly turn the wheel nut wrench clockwise to take up the hoist cable slack. Make sure the bracket is seated in the center hole of the flat tire. 3 WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants. Store the jack and tools securely before driving. Handling the Unexpected Jack Handle Bar 1Storing the Flat Tire 5. Turn the wheel nut wrench with the jack handle bar clockwise until the flat tire rests against the underbody of the vehicle and you hear the hoist click. 6. Securely store the jack and wheel nut wrench and jack handle bar back in the tool case. Store the case in the cargo area. Wheel Nut Wrench ■ TPMS and the Spare Tire If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display (MID), but this is normal. If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the MID and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers). 1TPMS and the Spare Tire The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct. Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. 633 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 634 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair. If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place. Handling the Unexpected 1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). 1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or roadside assistance to have the vehicle towed. • The tire sealant has expired. • More than one tire is punctured. • The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4mm). • The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is outside the contact area. Contact Area When the puncture is: Kit Use Smaller than 3/16 inch (4 mm) Yes Larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm) No • Damage has been caused by driving with the tire extremely under inflated. • The tire bead is no longer seated. • The rim is damaged. Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit. NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor. 634 * Not available on all models 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 635 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * ■ Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire 1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire Repair notification label and speed restriction label are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit. Power Plug Instruction Manual AIR When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit. Sealant/Air Hose REPAIR Pressure Gauge Inflator Switch Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label Continued Handling the Unexpected Pressure Relief Button 635 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 636 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * 1. Pull the handle on the cargo area floor lid and open the lid. Handle 2. Take out the cargo floor box. Handling the Unexpected Cargo Floor Box Case 636 Tire Repair Kit 3. Take the kit out of the case. 4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 637 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * ■ Injecting Sealant and Air Valve Cap 1Injecting Sealant and Air 1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. 3 WARNING Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful and can be fatal if swallowed. If accidentally swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get medical attention immediately. Valve Stem Sealant/Air Hose For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water and get medical attention if necessary. In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using. The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away any spills immediately. Sealant/Air Hose Handling the Unexpected 2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the packaging. 3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight. Valve Stem Continued 637 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 638 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * 4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic devices into other accessory power sockets. 1Injecting Sealant and Air 3 WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 213 Handling the Unexpected 5. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting sealant and air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 74 Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors. 6. Turn the selector switch to REPAIR. NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged. REPAIR There are three accessory power sockets: • In the console compartment • In the front of the center pocket • In the left side panel in the cargo area 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 213 Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete. 638 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 639 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * Pressure Gauge ON OFF Valve Stem 1Injecting Sealant and Air If the required air pressure is not reached within 10 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle will need to be towed. See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle. Handling the Unexpected Sealant/Air Hose 7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the compressor. u The compressor starts injecting sealant and air into the tire. u When the sealant injection is complete, continue to add air. 8. After the air pressure reaches 35 psi (240 kPa), turn off the kit. u To check the pressure, occasionally turn off the compressor and read the gauge. 9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory power socket. 10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 11. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). Pressure Relief Button Continued 639 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 640 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * 12. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown. Speed Restriction Label Repair Notification Label Handling the Unexpected 13. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to ensure the label adheres properly. ■ Distributing the Sealant in the Tire 1. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes. u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). 2. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. 640 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 641 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * 3. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/ air hose on the compressor. Sealant/Air Hose AIR 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 643 ON 5. If the air pressure is • Less than 25 psi (175 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed. 2 Emergency Towing P. 666 • 35 psi (240 kPa) or more: Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure. u If the air pressure does not go down after the 10 minute driving, you do not need to check the pressure any more. Continued Handling the Unexpected 4. Turn the selector switch to AIR. u Do not turn the air compressor on to check the pressure. 641 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 642 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * • Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less than 35 psi (240 kPa): Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 35 psi (240 kPa). 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 643 Handling the Unexpected Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure. u You should repeat this procedure as long as the air pressure is within this range. 6. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 7. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 8. Repackage and properly stow the kit. Pressure Relief Button 642 1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire 3 WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide. Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 643 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * ■ Inflating an Under-inflated Tire 1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire NOTICE You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire. 1. Open the cargo area floor lid. 2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 635 Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged. 2. Remove the kit from the case. 3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side. 4. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit. Handling the Unexpected Air Only Hose 5. Remove the valve cap. Valve Cap Air Only Hose 6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight. Valve Stem Continued 643 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 644 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * 7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic devices into other accessory power sockets. 1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire 3 WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 213 Handling the Unexpected 644 8. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 74 9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. 10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit. u The compressor starts to inject air into the tire. 11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure. AIR ON Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 645 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire * Pressure Relief Button Handling the Unexpected 12. Turn off the kit. u Check the pressure gauge on the air compressor. u If overinflated, press the pressure relief button. 13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power socket. 14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 15. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 16. Repackage and properly stow the kit. 645 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 646 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter. 1Checking the Engine If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it. 2 Jump Starting P. 649 Handling the Unexpected Starter condition Starter doesn’t turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly. Checklist Check for a message on the MID. ● If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears 2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 647 uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its operating range. 2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 169 Check the brightness of the interior lights. Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness. ● If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all 2 Battery P. 611 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses P. 658 Review the engine start procedure. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 465 Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started. ● The starter turns over normally but the engine doesn’t start. There may be a problem with the fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly. 2 Immobilizer System P. 163 Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 119 Check the fuse. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 665 If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 666 646 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 647 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak ENGINE START STOP 2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds while the indicator stays on. u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode will change to ACCESSORY. Handling the Unexpected If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display, and the indicator on the ENGINE START/ STOP button flashes, and the engine won’t start, start the engine as follows: 1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the A logo on the keyless access remote while the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the keyless access remote should be facing you. u The indicator flashes for about 30 seconds. 647 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 648 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following operations: • Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds. • Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times. Handling the Unexpected 648 The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place. U.S. models The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF. Canadian models The gear position automatically changes to P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake pedal to change the mode to VEHICLE OFF. 1Emergency Engine Stop Do not press the button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be turned off. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 649 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Jump Starting ■ Jump Starting Procedure 1Jump Starting Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood. 1. Pull up on the engine cover, remove it from the pins. u Start on the passenger side and lift the outermost edge of the cover. u Move towards the driver side while applying uniform upward pressure. Booster Battery Pin 2. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicle’s battery + terminal. 3. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the booster battery + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15 volt. Check the charger manual for the proper setting. 4. Connect the second jumper cable to the booster battery - terminal. Continued A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby. Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery. Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables. Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting. Handling the Unexpected Engine Cover 3 WARNING 649 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 650 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuJump Startingu 5. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the engine hanger as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part. 6. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine and increase its rpm slightly. 7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact. Handling the Unexpected ■ What to Do After the Engine Starts Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order. 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s battery + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery + terminal. Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer. 650 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 651 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Overheating How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: • The temperature gauge needle is at the H mark or the engine suddenly loses power. • The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears on the multi-information display (MID). • Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment. 1How to Handle Overheating 3 WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you. Do not open the hood if steam is coming out. ■ First thing to do Continued NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge needle at the H mark may damage the engine. Handling the Unexpected 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides. Then, open the hood. 651 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 652 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating ■ Next thing to do Reserve Tank 1How to Handle Overheating MAX MIN Handling the Unexpected 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle comes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating, immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on. ■ Last thing to do Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs. 652 3 WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap. If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs. Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible. Continuing to drive with the Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message on the multi-information display may damage the engine. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 653 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. ■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on 1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on. ■ What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for approximately three minutes. 2. Open the hood and check the oil level. 1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately. 2 Oil Check P. 585 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs. 1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery. Handling the Unexpected 3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator. u The indicator goes off: Start driving again. u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Immediately stop the engine and contact a dealer for repairs. 653 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 654 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink Handling the Unexpected 654 • Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control system. • Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. ■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. ■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least 10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools. 1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged. If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 655 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On U.S. Canada ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on • The brake fluid is low. • There is a malfunction in the brake system. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. • If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. • If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking. ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on • Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system. • If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift the gears. If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately. Handling the Unexpected If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On 1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On 655 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 656 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when there is a problem with the electric parking brake system. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Avoid using the parking brake and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. ■ What to do when the electric parking brake indicator comes on or blinks at the same time Release the parking brake. Handling the Unexpected 656 2 Parking Brake P. 528 • If the electric parking brake indicator remains on or blinks even after releasing the parking brake, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and call a dealer. u To prevent your vehicle from moving, change the gear position to (P . • If only the electric parking brake indicator goes off, immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. 1If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On If you apply the parking brake, it may not release. If the electric parking brake indicator also turns on, the parking brake is still applied. When the electric parking brake indicator blinks at the same time as the electric parking brake system indicator, the system must be checked. The parking brake may not operate under these conditions. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 657 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message ■ Reasons for the indicator to blink There is a problem with the transmission system. ■ What to do when the indicator blinks • Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. • Select (N after starting the engine. u Check if the (N position in the instrument panel and the indicator on the (N button light/blink. u The engine cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is set. NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level. TPMS Fill Assist provides visual and audible assistance during tire pressure adjustment. With the power mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up or down, the system alerts you as follows: Below recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash once every five seconds. At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash rapidly for ~ five seconds. Above recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and lights flash twice every three seconds. 1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message You may not be able to start the engine. Handling the Unexpected A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS with Tire Fill Assist or the compact spare tire * is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the driver side doorjamb. ■ What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire * causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers). 1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks Make sure to set the parking brake when parking your vehicle. Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. 2 Emergency Towing P. 666 2 Starting the Engine P. 465 * Not available on all models 657 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 658 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Fuses Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown. ■ Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type A Handling the Unexpected 658 Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box. Tab * Not available on all models ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Circuit Protected STRLD*2 − ACG FR Washer IG1 OP*1 ECU FR VBSOL*1 Starter*2 FI Sub DBW FI Main IG Coil DRL R DRL L Injector Radio*1 Amps 7.5 A − 15 A 15 A (7.5 A) 7.5 A (10 A) 7.5 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 10 A 10 A 20 A 20 A 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Circuit Protected Back Up MG Clutch FR Fog * − H/L HI R − Small*1 − H/L HI L SBW H/L LO R H/L LO L Oil LVL Main Fan Sub Fan Wiper Main *1:Models without Auto Idle Stop *2:Models with Auto Idle Stop Amps 10 A (7.5 A) 7.5 A − 7.5 A − 10 A − 7.5 A 15 A 10 A 10 A 7.5 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 659 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuFusesuFuse Locations ■ Engine Compartment Fuse ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating Box Type B Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. Located near the battery. Push the tabs to open the box. 1 2 Amps 150 A 40 A 20 A 3 30 A 30 A 60 A 60 A 60 A 60 A 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 * Not available on all models Circuit Protected H/L Washer * IG1B Main R/B Main DR F/B-1 AS F/B-1 RR F/B-1 IG1A Main DR F/B-2 FI Main FR Blower RR DEF IG1 Main ST Stop & Horn * Stop * Hazard BMS Small LT * Amps (30 A) 30 A 60 A 50 A 50 A 60 A 30 A 50 A 40 A 40 A 40 A 30 A 20 A 10 A 10 A 7.5 A 7.5 A Continued Handling the Unexpected Tab Circuit Protected Main Fuse VSA MTR VSA FSR Stop&Horn Hazard * Hazard * RR BLOWER&BMS DC/DC 3 * RR F/B-2 AS F/B-2 EPS 659 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 660 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuFusesuFuse Locations ■ Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type C Located near the + terminal on the battery. Handling the Unexpected 660 Fuse Positive Battery Terminal Cover Pull up the cover. Replacement of this fuse should be done by a dealer. Fuse location is shown on the back of the positive battery terminal cover. ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating Circuit Protected Fan Main Amps 60 A 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 661 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuFusesuFuse Locations ■ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating Type A Located under the dashboard. Fuse Box Fuse locations are shown on the label on the outer side of the side panel cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number. * Not available on all models 11 12 13 14 15 16 Amps 10 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 10 A 7.5 A (7.5 A) 20 A − 20 A 15 A 7.5 A 20 A 7.5 A − 20 A 20 A 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Circuit Protected RR DR P/W Smart FR DR P/W − Fuel Pump IG1 AS ABS/VSA* Smart* ACG AS STRLD * IG2 HAC DRL ACC Key Lock DR P/Seat (LUM) INT Lights ETS TILT DR P/Seat (REC) − − Amps 20 A 10 A 20 A − 20 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 20 A 20 A − − Continued Handling the Unexpected Fuse Label 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Circuit Protected AS Door Lock RR DR Door Lock DR Door Lock FR AS Door Unlock RR DR Door Unlock DR Door Unlock D/L Main − ETS TELE IG1 RR Meter * Shifter * IG1 FR ACC − DR P/Seat (SLI) S/R 661 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 662 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuFusesuFuse Locations ■ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating Type B * Located under the type A driver’s side interior fuse box. Take off the cover to open. Fuse Box Side Panel Cover Handling the Unexpected Fuse locations are shown on the label on the back side of the side panel cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number. 662 * Not available on all models Fuse Label 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Circuit Protected VST 1 Horn VST 2 − − − − − Meter RES/CP/AA * MICU EPS/VSA Audio/TCU Back Up Audio/ANC Amps 30 A 10 A 30 A − − − − − 10 A 10 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 10 A 20 A 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 663 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuFusesuFuse Locations ■ Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating Box Located on the lower side panel. Take off the cover to open. Fuse Label Fuse locations are shown on the cover. * Not available on all models Amps (30 A) 20 A 20 A (15 A) 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A (7.5 A) 5A (10 A) − − 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Circuit Protected RR ACC Socket FR ACC Socket − − AMP SRS AS ECU Option − − OPDS ILLUMI (INT) EPTL * CTR ACC Socket AC INVTR Amps 20 A 20 A − − 30 A 10 A 7.5 A 7.5 A − − 7.5 A 5A (30 A) 20 A (30 A) Continued Handling the Unexpected Cover 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Circuit Protected EPTR * RR AS P/W ACM FR DEF * AVS Heated Seat FR AS P/W AS P/Seat (SLI) AS P/Seat (REC) AS P/Seat (LUM) Spare Heated Steering * − − 663 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 664 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuFusesuFuse Locations ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating ■ Rear Fuse Box Located on the left side of cargo area. Remove the cover by prying on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratches. Fuse Box Handling the Unexpected 664 Cover Fuse Label Fuse locations are shown on the cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. * Not available on all models 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Circuit Protected PTG Closer − USB CHARGE Fuel Lid Seat Slide − RR Heat Seat * − − − − Rear Wiper Rear ECU SH-AWD * EPB-R EPB-L − PTG MTR Amps 20 A − 15 A 7.5 A 20 A − (20 A) − − − − 10 A 7.5 A (20 A) 30 A 30 A − 40 A 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 665 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses Inspecting and Changing Fuses Blown Fuse Combined Fuse 1Inspecting and Changing Fuses NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system. Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on P. 658 to P. 664. There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse box. If the radio fuse is removed, the audio system will disable itself. Handling the Unexpected Fuse Puller 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories off. 2. Remove the fuse box cover. 3. Check the large fuse in the engine compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one. 4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with the fuse puller and replace it with a new one. Blown Fuse 665 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 666 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Emergency Towing Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. All models ■ Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way to transport your vehicle. 1Emergency Towing NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle’s weight. NOTICE 2WD models ■ Wheel lift equipment Handling the Unexpected 666 The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle. Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission. Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 667 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door ■ What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure. 1. Open the tailgate. Cover 2. Lift the cargo floor lid by the handle in the center. 3. Remove the cargo floor box and set it aside. 4. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip screwdriver. Put it into the cover slot as shown in the image, and remove the cover. 5. Pull the release lever toward you. u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door when it is pulled. After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked. Handling the Unexpected Release Lever 1What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door 667 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 668 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 When You Cannot Open the Tailgate ■ What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure. 1. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip Cover screwdriver. Put it into the cover as shown in the image, and remove the cover. Handling the Unexpected 668 Lever 2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate while sliding the lever to the right. 1What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate Following up: After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked. When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure there is enough space around the tailgate, and it does not hit anyone or any object. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 669 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Refueling Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle. 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Press the fuel fill door release button. u The fuel fill door opens. Funnel 3. Take the funnel out of its clip in the cargo area. 2 Types of Tools P. 626 3 WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel. • Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away. • Handle fuel only outdoors. • Wipe up spills immediately. NOTICE Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container or any funnel other than the one provided with your vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system. Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel system and its seal. Handling the Unexpected 4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the funnel goes down along with the filler pipe. 5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel container. u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any. 6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck. u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before storing it. 7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand. 1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is gasoline before you refuel. 669 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 670 670 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 671 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Information This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other information required by regulation. Specifications .................................... 672 Identification Numbers Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number ......................................... 674 Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 675 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 677 Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 678 Warranty Coverages ........................ 680 Authorized Manuals......................... 682 Client Service Information ............... 683 671 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 672 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Specifications ■ Vehicle Specifications ■ Air Conditioning ■ Light Bulbs Model No. of Passengers: Front Refrigerant Type Charge Quantity Lubricant Type Headlights (High/Low Beam) Fog Lights * Front Turn Signal/Side Marker/ Parking Lights Daytime Running Lights Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door Mirrors) Brake Lights Rear Side Marker Lights Taillights Back-Up Lights Rear Turn Signal Lights High-Mount Brake Light Rear License Plate Lights Puddle Lights * Interior Lights Front, Second Row and Third Row Lights Front and Rear Ambient Lights Vanity Mirror Lights Door Courtesy Lights Door Inner Handle Lights Front and Rear * Console Compartment Lights Glove Box Light Foot Lights Cargo Area Lights Acura MDX 2 2*1 3*2 2 6*1 7*2 Rear (2nd) Rear (3rd) Total Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating U.S.: Canada: Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front) U.S.: Canada: Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear) U.S.: Canada: Information *1: *2: *3: *4: 5,368 lbs (2,435 kg)*3 5,677 lbs (2,575 kg)*4 2,435 kg*3 2,575 kg*4 2,811 lbs (1,275 kg)*3 2,910 lbs (1,320 kg)*4 1,275 kg*3 1,320 kg*4 2,734 lbs (1,240 kg)*3 2,965 lbs (1,345 kg)*4 1,240 kg*3 1,345 kg*4 Models with second row captain seat Models with second row bench seat 2WD models AWD models HFC-134a (R-134a) 23.8 – 25.6 oz (675 – 725 g) PAG RL897 7.75 – 9.33 cu-in (127 – 153 cm3) (20% RATIO) Quantity ■ Engine Specifications Displacement Spark Plugs 211.8 cu-in (3,471 cm3) NGK DILZKR7B11G ■ Fuel Type Fuel Tank Capacity Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher 19.5 US gal (73.8 L) ■ Washer Fluid Tank Capacity U.S.: 4 US qt (3.8 L) Canada: 5.6 US qt (5.3 L) LED LED LED LED LED 21 W LED LED 21 W 21 W LED LED LED LED LED 1.4 W 3.4 W LED LED 1.4 W 5W 5W ■ Brake Fluid Specified 672 * Not available on all models Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 673 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuSpecificationsu ■ Automatic Transmission Fluid Specified Capacity Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.1 or higher Change 3.5 US qt (3.3 L) ■ Engine Oil Recommended Capacity ■ Rear Differential Fluid * Specified Capacity Acura DPSF-II Change 1.92 US qt (1.82 L) ■ Transfer Assembly Fluid * Specified Capacity Acura Hypoid Gear Oil HGO-1 Change 0.45 US qt (0.43 L) ■ Tire ·Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20 ·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil Change 5.4 US qt (5.1 L) Change including 5.7 US qt (5.4 L) filter ■ Engine Coolant Specified Ratio Capacity Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 50/50 with distilled water 1.96 US gal (7.40 L) (change including the remaining 0.22 US gal (0.82 L) in the reserve tank) Size Regular Compact Spare * Wheel Size Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Size Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Regular Compact Spare * 245/60R18 105H*1 245/50R20 102H*2 35 (240 [2.4]) T165/80D17 104M 60 (420 [4.2]) 18 x 8J*1 20 x 8J*2 17 x 4T *1: Model with 18 inch wheel *2: Model with 20 inch wheel Information * Not available on all models 673 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 674 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Identification Numbers Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, and transmission number are shown as follows. 1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover. Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number Cover Automatic Transmission Number Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number Information 674 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 675 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Devices that Emit Radio Waves The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation. AcuraLink * Audio System Blind Spot Information System * Bluetooth® Audio Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® HomeLink® Universal Transceiver Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM Immobilizer System Remote Transmitter Keyless Access System Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback * Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below: Information As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. * Not available on all models Continued 675 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 676 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuDevices that Emit Radio Wavesu This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. High-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz. These radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Information 676 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 677 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Reporting Safety Defects In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov. In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada. Information If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc. To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety. 677 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 678 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected. To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set. If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following: Information 678 1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20 seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there for about 3 minutes. 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds. 1Testing of Readiness Codes The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions. If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test. If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 679 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes 7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds). 8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal. 9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes. Information 679 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 680 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Warranty Coverages ■ U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties: New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship. Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information. Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details. Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage. Information Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details. Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship. 680 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 681 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuWarranty Coveragesu Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from your dealer. Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle. Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet. ■ Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle. ■ EPA Contact Information An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting: Information U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Office of Transportation and Air Quality Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group Attn: Warranty Complaints 2000 Traverwood Drive Ann Arbor, MI 48105 Email: [email protected] 681 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 682 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Authorized Manuals ■ Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options. ■ For U.S. Owners Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com. ■ For Canadian Owners Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require. Information 682 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 683 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Client Service Information Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client Relations/Services. U.S. Owners American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 100-5E-8F 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: 1 (800) 382-2238 Canadian Owners Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-mail: [email protected] When you call or write, please give us the following information: • Vehicle Identification Number 2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number P. 674 • Date of purchase • Odometer reading of your vehicle • Your name, address, and telephone number • A detailed description of the problem • Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you Information In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546 1Client Service Information Continued 683 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 684 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClient Service Informationu ■ Gracenote Music Recognition Service (CDDB) Information 684 * Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technology and related content delivery. For more information, visit www.gracenote.com. When music is recorded to the HDD from a CD, information such as the recording artist and track name are retrieved from the Gracenote Database and displayed (when available). Gracenote may not contain information for all albums. Gracenote is an internet-based music recognition service that allows artist, album, and track information from CDs to display on the HDD. Gracenote users are allowed 4 free updates a year. More information about Gracenote, its features, and downloads are available at * Not available on all models www.acura.com (in U.S.) or www.acura.ca (in Canada). CD and music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. One or more patents owned by Gracenote apply to this product and service. See the Gracenote website for a non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the “Powered by Gracenote” logo are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in the United States and/or other countries. ■ Gracenote® END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT * This application or device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California (“Gracenote”). The software from Gracenote (the “Gracenote Software”) enables this application to perform disc and/or file identification and obtain music- related information, including name, artist, track, and title information (“Gracenote Data”) from online servers or embedded databases (collectively, “Gracenote Servers”) and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End-User functions or this application or device. You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal noncommercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer, or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN. You agree that your non-exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your license terminates, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 685 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClient Service Informationu Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide. You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name. The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.” Gracenote makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time. GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NONINFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES. © Gracenote 2009 Information The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service. cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are errorfree or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted. Continued 685 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 686 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 uuClient Service Informationu ■ Disclaimer of Pandora® * Requirements to access Pandora® • Latest version of the Pandora app installed on your Android, Blackberry, or iPhone. • Registered Pandora account (you can create a free account at www.pandora.com <http:// www.pandora.com/> or on your smartphone) • Connection to the internet via Wi-Fi or cellular data network. Information 686 * Not available on all models Limitations • Access to Pandora requires an active internet connection • Ability to access Pandora through this system is subject to change without notice • Certain functionality of Pandora service is not available when accessing the service through this system including, but not limited to, creating new stations, deleting stations, emailing current stations, buying tracks, viewing additional text information, logging in to Pandora, and adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality. Pandora internet radio is a music service not affiliated with HONDA. More information is available at http:// www.pandora.com <http:// www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. • Mobile access requires a smartphone with an active data plan. Standard data rates may apply. • Pandora is only available in the United States. 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 687 ページ 2018年3月23日 金曜日 午後7時53分 Index Index A iPhone............................................. 291, 318 iPod ........................................................ 284 MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 268, 293 Reactivating ............................................ 236 Recommended CDs................................. 317 Recommended Devices............................ 318 Remote Controls ..................................... 237 Security Code.......................................... 236 Theft Protection ...................................... 236 USB Flash Drives ...................................... 318 USB Port.................................................. 233 Authorized Manuals ................................ 682 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 154 Customize....................................... 132, 374 Auto High-Beam....................................... 177 Indicator.................................................... 86 Auto Idle Stop .......................................... 480 OFF Button.............................................. 481 Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)............... 92 Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber) ..................................................... 92 Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 532 Indicator.................................................. 532 Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator.................................................. 532 Automatic Folding Door Mirror .............. 191 Automatic Intermittent Wipers............... 181 Automatic Lighting .................................. 174 Index AAC................................................... 268, 293 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 534 AC Power Outlet ...................................... 214 Accessories and Modifications ................ 623 Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 213 AcuraLink ................................................. 435 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ................................. 489 Indicator ................................................... 95 Additives Coolant .................................................. 589 Engine Oil ............................................... 584 Washer ................................................... 592 Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 584 Adjusting Armrest .................................................. 204 Front Seats.............................................. 192 Head Restraints....................... 198, 200, 201 Headlights .............................................. 593 Mirrors.................................................... 189 Rear Seats............................................... 203 Steering Wheel ....................................... 188 Temperature ........................................... 122 Agile Handling Assist............................... 519 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System).................................................... 219 Changing the Mode................................ 222 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows .............................................. 225 Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 617 Rear Climate Control System ................... 226 Sensors.................................................... 230 Synchronized Mode ................................. 223 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 219 Air Pressure ....................................... 603, 673 Airbags ........................................................ 41 Advanced Airbags ..................................... 47 After a Collision......................................... 45 Airbag Care ............................................... 55 Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 48 Event Data Recorder .................................... 0 Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 44 Indicator .............................................. 53, 86 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ......... 54 Sensors...................................................... 41 Side Airbags .............................................. 50 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 52 AM/FM Radio ............................................ 254 Android Auto............................................ 303 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 534 Indicator .................................................... 86 Apple CarPlay ........................................... 299 Armrest ..................................................... 204 Audio Remote Controls............................ 237 Audio System ............................................ 232 Adjusting the Sound ................................ 249 Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 236 Error Messages ........................................ 308 General Information ................................ 316 HDD ........................................................ 271 Internet Radio.......................................... 291 687 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 688 ページ 2018年3月23日 Automatic Transmission ........................... Creeping ................................................. Fluid ........................................................ Kickdown ................................................ Operating the Shift Button....................... Shifting.................................................... Auxiliary Console Panel............................ Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. Average Fuel Economy............................. Average Speed.......................................... AWD .......................................................... 471 471 591 471 474 472 336 236 122 123 523 B Index 688 Back-Up Light............................................ 596 Battery....................................................... 611 Charging System Indicator ................. 82, 653 Jump Starting .......................................... 649 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 611 Belts (Seat) .................................................. 33 Beverage Holders...................................... 211 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System........ 520 Indicator .................................................... 99 Bluetooth® Audio ..................................... 296 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ..................... 393 Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System Operating the System .............................. 339 Overhead Screen ..................................... 338 Playing a DVD/Blu-rayTM ........................... 340 Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 73 金曜日 午後7時53分 Brake System ............................................ 528 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)................... 534 Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 532 Brake Assist System ................................. 535 Brake System Indicator .............................. 79 Fluid........................................................ 592 Foot Brake............................................... 531 Indicator...................................... 78, 79, 655 Parking Brake .......................................... 528 Brake System (Amber) Indicator.................................................... 79 Brake System (Red) Indicator............................................ 78, 655 Brightness Control (Instrument Panel).... 184 BSI (Blind Spot Information) System ....... 520 Built-in Key ............................................... 140 Bulb Replacement .................................... 593 Back-Up Light.......................................... 596 Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light .... 594 Fog Lights ............................................... 593 Front Turn Signal/Parking, Daytime Running and Front Side Marker Lights ... 593 Headlights............................................... 593 High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 597 Puddle Lights........................................... 597 Rear License Plate Lights.......................... 597 Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights .................................................... 593 Taillights.................................................. 596 Taillights/Rear Side Maker Lights.............. 595 Bulb Specifications ................................... 672 C CAMERA Button....................................... 559 Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 74 Carrying Cargo ................................. 447, 449 CD Player .................................................. 268 Center Pocket........................................... 210 Certification Label ................................... 674 Changing Bulbs ........................................ 593 Charging System Indicator ................ 82, 653 Child Safety ................................................ 56 Childproof Door Locks ............................ 153 Child Seat ................................................... 56 Booster Seats ............................................ 73 Child Seat for Infants ................................ 58 Child Seat for Small Children .................... 59 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt ................................................. 66 Larger Children ......................................... 72 Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 58 Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 60 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 153 Cleaning the Exterior............................... 620 Cleaning the Interior ............................... 618 Client Service Information....................... 683 Climate Control System ........................... 219 Changing the Mode................................ 222 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows .............................................. 225 Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 617 Rear Climate Control System................... 226 Sensors ................................................... 230 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 689 ページ 2018年3月23日 Synchronized Mode ................................ 223 Using Automatic Climate Control............ 219 Clock ......................................................... 138 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM) ................................................ 536 Coat Hook ................................................ 215 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ................................................. 536 Compact Spare Tire.......................... 627, 673 Compass.................................................... 443 Console Compartment............................. 209 Controls .................................................... 137 Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 589 Adding to the Radiator ........................... 590 Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 589 Overheating............................................ 651 Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 471 Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 551 Cup Holders.............................................. 211 Customized Features ....................... 126, 358 D 午後7時53分 Rearview Mirror ....................................... 189 Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 585 Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 172 Door Mirrors ............................................. 190 Doors ......................................................... 139 Auto Door Locking .................................. 154 Auto Door Unlocking............................... 154 Door Open Message .................................. 32 Keys ........................................................ 139 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside............................................... 13, 151 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside.................................................. 142 Lockout Prevention System ...................... 149 DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 605 Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 48 Driving....................................................... 445 Automatic Transmission........................... 471 Braking.................................................... 528 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............... 463 Shifting Gear ........................................... 472 Starting the Engine .................................. 465 Driving Position Memory System............. 186 Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 617 Dynamic Mode button ............................. 486 E Elapsed Time............................................. 123 Electric Parking Brake Indicator .................................................... 80 Switch..................................................... 528 Electric Parking Brake System Indicator.................................................... 80 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 517 Emergency ................................................ 666 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 678 Engine ....................................................... 674 Coolant................................................... 589 Jump Starting.......................................... 649 Oil........................................................... 584 Remote Engine Start................................ 467 Starting ................................................... 465 Engine Compartment Cover .................... 583 Engine Coolant......................................... 589 Adding to the Radiator............................ 590 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 589 Overheating ............................................ 651 Temperature Gauge ................................ 119 Engine Oil ................................................. 584 Adding.................................................... 586 Checking................................................. 585 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 577 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 653 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 584 ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 169 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ............................................... 88, 655 Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 74 Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 620 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 190 Index Daytime Running Lights .......................... 176 Dead Battery ............................................ 649 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows................................................. 225 Detachable Anchor .................................... 38 Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 675 Dimming Headlights .............................................. 173 金曜日 689 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 690 ページ 2018年3月23日 F Index 690 Features..................................................... 231 Filters Dust and Pollen ....................................... 617 Oil ........................................................... 587 Flat Tire ............................................. 627, 634 Floor Mats ................................................. 619 Fluids Automatic Transmission........................... 591 Brake....................................................... 592 Engine Coolant........................................ 589 Windshield Washer.................................. 592 Fog Lights.................................................. 176 Folding Down the Second Row Seat ....... 197 Folding Down the Third Row Seat .......... 203 Foot Brake................................................. 531 Front Airbags (SRS) ..................................... 44 Front Seats ................................................ 192 Adjusting................................................. 192 Front Sensor Camera ................................ 487 Fuel ...................................................... 20, 568 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions............. 571 Gauge ..................................................... 119 Instant Fuel Economy............................... 123 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85 Range...................................................... 123 Recommendation .................................... 568 Refueling ................................................. 568 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions ............ 571 Fuel Fill Cap................................................. 20 金曜日 午後7時53分 Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 20, 569 Unable to Unlock .................................... 667 Fuses.......................................................... 658 Inspecting and Changing......................... 665 Locations......................... 658, 661, 663, 664 G Gasoline (Fuel) Economy ................................................. 571 Gauge..................................................... 119 Information ............................................. 568 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85 Refueling................................................. 568 Gauges ...................................................... 119 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 83, 474 Gear Shift Positions Automatic Transmission .......................... 472 Glass (care)................................................ 621 Glove Box.................................................. 208 H Handling the Unexpected........................ HandsFreeLink® (HFL)............................... Auto Answer........................................... Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History ..................................... Automatic Transferring............................ Displaying Messages................................ HFL Buttons............................................. 625 393 410 412 410 430 393 HFL Menus.............................................. 396 HFL Status Display ................................... 394 Limitations for Manual Operation............ 395 Making a Call ......................................... 421 Options During a Call.............................. 427 Phone Setup ........................................... 401 Phonebook Phonetic Modification........... 416 Receiving a Call....................................... 426 Receiving a Text/E-mail Message ............. 428 Ring Tone ............................................... 411 Roadside Assistance ................................ 434 Selecting a Mail Account......................... 429 Speed Dial .............................................. 413 To Create a Security PIN.......................... 408 To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option .................................................. 406 Use Contact Photo.................................. 411 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio .................. 271 Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4 HDMITM Port ............................................. 337 Head Restraints ........................ 198, 200, 201 Headlight Washers................................... 183 Headlights ................................................ 173 Aiming.................................................... 593 Auto High-Beam System ......................... 177 Automatic Operation .............................. 174 Dimming......................................... 173, 176 Operating ............................................... 173 Heated Door Mirrors ............................... 185 Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 216 Heated Windshield .................................. 185 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 691 ページ 2018年3月23日 Heater (Steering Wheel).......................... 216 Heaters (Seat)................................... 217, 218 HFL (HandsFreeLink®) .............................. 393 High Beam Indicator.................................. 88 Hill Start Assist System............................. 469 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 390 Honda App License Agreement .............. 319 I 午後7時53分 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ........................................... 97, 98 Electric Parking Brake ................................ 80 Electric Parking Brake System..................... 80 Fog Lights.................................................. 89 Gear Position ............................................. 83 High Beam ................................................ 88 Immobilizer System.................................... 89 Keyless Access System ............................... 91 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .... 93, 511 Lights On................................................... 89 Low Fuel.................................................... 85 Low Oil Pressure ................................ 82, 653 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............................. 88 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............... 82, 654 Parking Brake and Brake System ........ 78, 655 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 94 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 34, 85 Security System Alarm ............................... 90 Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System....................... 88, 655 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM .............. 91 Supplemental Restraint System ............ 53, 86 System Message ........................................ 90 Transmission System .......................... 84, 657 Turn Signal ................................................ 88 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System............................................. 87, 517 VSA® OFF .......................................... 87, 518 Information............................................... 671 Information Screen................................... 244 Instrument Panel ........................................ 77 Brightness Control................................... 184 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS)........... 486 Dynamic Mode button ............................ 486 Interface Dial ............................................ 239 Interior Lights ........................................... 206 Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 189 Internet Radio .......................................... 291 iPhone ............................................... 291, 318 iPod ................................................... 284, 318 J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 631 Jump Starting ........................................... 649 K Key Number Tag....................................... Keyless Access System .............................. Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... Keys ........................................................... Lockout Prevention.................................. Number Tag ............................................ Rear Door Won’t Open............................ Remote Transmitter................................. Types and Functions ................................ Kickdown (Automatic Transmission)....... 141 142 149 139 149 141 153 147 139 471 Index Identification Numbers............................ 674 Engine and Transmission......................... 674 Vehicle Identification............................... 674 IDS (Integrated Dynamics System) .......... 486 Illumination Control ................................ 184 Button .................................................... 184 Immobilizer System.................................. 163 Indicator ................................................... 89 Indicators.................................................... 78 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ................... 95, 489 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 86 Auto High-Beam ....................................... 86 Auto Idle Stop........................................... 92 Auto Idle Stop System............................... 92 Automatic Brake Hold....................... 81, 532 Automatic Brake Hold System ........... 81, 532 Blind Spot Information (BSI) .............. 99, 521 Brake System (Amber)............................... 79 Brake System (Red) ........................... 78, 655 Charging System............................... 82, 653 金曜日 691 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 692 ページ 2018年3月23日 L Index 692 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ......... 509 Indicator .................................................... 93 Language (HFL)......................................... 394 LATCH (Child Seats) .............................. 61, 68 LED Puddle Light ...................................... 146 Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/ Android Auto .......................................... 331 License information.................................. 334 Lights ................................................. 173, 593 Automatic ............................................... 174 Bulb Replacement.................................... 593 Daytime Running Lights ........................... 176 High Beam Indicator .................................. 88 Interior .................................................... 206 Light Switches ......................................... 173 Lights On Indicator .................................... 89 Turn Signals............................................. 172 Load Limits ................................................ 449 Locking/Unlocking .................................... 139 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 154 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 153 From Inside.............................................. 151 From Outside........................................... 142 Keys ........................................................ 139 Using a Key ............................................. 148 Lockout Prevention System...................... 149 Low Battery Charge.................................. 653 Low Fuel Indicator ...................................... 85 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 653 Lower Anchors ...................................... 61, 68 金曜日 午後7時53分 Lubricant Specifications Chart................. 673 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 449 Lumbar Support ....................................... 192 M Maintenance............................................. 573 Battery .................................................... 611 Brake Fluid .............................................. 592 Cleaning ................................................. 618 Climate Control System........................... 617 Coolant................................................... 589 Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 577 Oil........................................................... 585 Precautions ............................................. 574 Radiator .................................................. 590 Remote Control....................................... 615 Remote Transmitter......................... 613, 614 Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 593 Safety...................................................... 575 Service Items ........................................... 579 Tires ........................................................ 602 Transmission Fluid ................................... 591 Under the Hood ...................................... 581 Wireless Headphone................................ 616 Malfunction Indicator Lamp.............. 82, 654 Map Lights ................................................ 207 Maximum Load Limit ............................... 449 Meters, Gauges......................................... 119 MID (Multi-information Display)............. 120 Mirrors ...................................................... 189 Adjusting ................................................ 189 Door ....................................................... 190 Exterior ................................................... 190 Interior Rearview ..................................... 189 Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 623 Moonroof ................................................. 168 MP3................................................... 268, 293 Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls .................................................. 120 Multi-Information Display (MID) ............ 120 Multi-View Rear Camera ......................... 556 N Numbers (Identification) ......................... 674 O Odometer ................................................. 121 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 463 Oil (Engine) .............................................. 584 Adding ................................................... 586 Checking ................................................ 585 Displaying Oil Life ................................... 577 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 653 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 584 Viscosity.................................................. 584 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ............. 240 Open Source Licenses .............................. 333 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 693 ページ 2018年3月23日 Opening/Closing Hood ...................................................... Moonroof ............................................... Power Windows...................................... Tailgate................................................... Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel....................................... Outside Temperature Display ................. Overhead Screen...................................... Overheating ............................................. 582 168 166 155 169 122 338 651 P 午後7時53分 R Radiator .................................................... 590 Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 254 Radio (SiriusXM®) ..................................... 257 Radio Data System (RDS).......................... 255 Range ........................................................ 123 RDS (Radio Data System).......................... 255 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 678 Rear Climate Control System ................... 226 From the Front Panel ............................... 226 From the Rear Panel ................................ 229 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button ..................................................... 185 Rear Entertainment System (RES) ............ 335 Auxiliary Console Panel............................ 336 Front Control Panel Operation ................. 352 HDMITM Port ............................................ 337 Operating the System .............................. 339 Overhead Screen ..................................... 338 Playable Discs .......................................... 357 Rear Control Panel Operation .................. 340 Wireless Headphones .............................. 335 Rear Seats.................................................. 203 Second Row Seat............................. 196, 197 Third Row Seat ........................................ 203 Rearview Mirror........................................ 189 Refueling................................................... 568 Fuel Gauge .............................................. 119 Gasoline .......................................... 568, 672 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85 Regulations ............................... 526, 605, 675 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback ................................................. 467 Checking Door Lock Status...................... 150 Remote Transmitter ................................. 147 Replacement Battery ............................ 613, 614, 615, 616 Bulbs....................................................... 593 Front Wiper Blade Rubber ....................... 598 Fuses............................... 658, 661, 663, 664 Rear Wiper Blade Rubber......................... 600 Tires ........................................................ 608 Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 677 Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 122 Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 190 Right Selector Wheel ....................... 120, 126 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 504 On and Off.............................................. 506 S Safe Driving ................................................ 27 Safety Checklist .......................................... 32 Safety Labels............................................... 75 Safety Message............................................. 1 Index Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) ......... 479 Panic Mode............................................... 165 Parking ..................................................... 545 Parking Brake........................................... 528 Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator ........................................... 78, 655 Parking Sensor System............................. 547 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator....... 54 Passing Indicators..................................... 173 Power Tailgate ......................................... 157 Power Windows ....................................... 166 Precautions While Driving....................... 470 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle.................................................. 470 Rain ........................................................ 470 Pregnant Women....................................... 39 Puncture (Tire) ................................. 627, 634 金曜日 693 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book Index 694 694 ページ 2018年3月23日 Seat Belts..................................................... 33 Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 37 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 35 Checking ................................................... 40 Detachable Anchor .................................... 38 Fastening................................................... 36 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt .................................................. 66 Pregnant Women ...................................... 39 Reminder................................................... 34 Warning Indicator................................ 34, 85 Seat Heaters ...................................... 217, 218 Seat Ventilation ........................................ 217 Seats .......................................................... 192 Adjusting................................................. 192 Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support................... 192 Front Seats .............................................. 192 Rear Seats................................................ 203 Seat Heaters .................................... 217, 218 Seat Ventilation ....................................... 217 Second Row Seat............................. 196, 197 Third Row Seat ........................................ 203 Second Row Outer Seats Heaters ............ 218 Second Row Seat (Folding Down) ........... 197 Security System ......................................... 163 Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 89 Security System Alarm Indicator ................. 90 Select Button............................................. 472 Operation ................................................ 474 Select Lever ................................................. 18 Operation .................................................. 18 金曜日 午後7時53分 Selecting a Child Seat................................. 60 Sequential Mode ...................................... 478 Sequential Mode Operation.................... 479 Setting the Clock ...................................... 138 SH-AWD® (Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM).................................................... 523 SH-AWD® Torque Distribution Monitor.. 124 Shift Button ........................................ 18, 472 Shifting (Transmission)....................... 18, 472 Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 37 Side Airbags................................................ 50 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 52 SiriusXM® Radio........................................ 257 Snow Tires................................................. 610 Spare Tire.......................................... 627, 673 Spark Plugs ............................................... 672 Specifications............................................ 672 Specified Fuel ................................... 568, 672 Speedometer ............................................ 119 Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator............................................ 88, 655 SRS Airbags (Airbags)................................. 44 Starting Assist Brake Function................. 485 Starting the Engine .................................. 465 Does Not Start......................................... 646 Jump Starting.......................................... 649 Remote Engine Start................................ 467 Steering Wheel......................................... 188 Adjusting ................................................ 188 Heater..................................................... 216 Stopping ................................................... 545 Summer Tires............................................ 610 Sunglasses Holder .................................... 216 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD®) .............................................. 523 Indicator ................................................... 91 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 44 Surround View Camera System ............... 558 Switches (Around the Steering Wheel) ............................................ 4, 5, 169 Synchronized Mode ................................. 223 System Message Indicator ......................... 90 T Tachometer .............................................. 119 Tailgate..................................................... 155 Unable to Open ...................................... 668 Temperature Gauge .................................................... 119 Outside Temperature Display .................. 122 Temperature Gauge ................................ 119 Temperature Sensor ........................ 122, 230 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 635 Text Message.................................... 428, 430 Third Row Seat (Folding Down) .............. 203 Third Row Seat Access ............................. 196 Tie-down Anchors .................................... 215 Time (Setting)........................................... 138 Tire Fill Assist.................................... 524, 657 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 695 ページ 2018年3月23日 午後7時53分 Transmission ....................................... 18, 472 Automatic ......................................... 18, 472 Fluid ........................................................ 591 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 83, 474 Indicator ............................................ 84, 657 Number ................................................... 674 Sequential Mode ..................................... 478 TRIP Button ............................................... 121 Trip Meter ................................................. 122 Troubleshooting ....................................... 625 Blown Fuse ...................... 658, 661, 663, 664 Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 24 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 25 Emergency Towing .................................. 666 Engine Won’t Start .................................. 646 Noise When Braking .................................. 26 Overheating ............................................ 651 Puncture/Flat Tire............................. 627, 634 Rear Door Won’t Open ...................... 24, 153 Warning Indicators .................................... 78 Turn Signals .............................................. 172 Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 88 Turn-by-Turn Directions ........................... 124 U Under-floor Storage Area ........................ 210 Unlocking the Doors ................................ 142 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside ................................................. 13, 151 USB Flash Drives........................................ 318 USB Port .................................................... 233 V Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 674 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®).................. 517 Off Button............................................... 518 Off Indicator.............................................. 87 System Indicator................................ 87, 517 Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 584, 673 Voice Control Operation.......................... 251 Voice Portal Screen.................................. 252 Voice Recognition ................................... 251 VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 517 W Wallpaper ................................................. 247 Warning and Information Messages....... 100 Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 653 Warning Labels........................................... 75 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately) .............................................. 680 Watts......................................................... 672 Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 607 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 631 Window Washers ..................................... 180 Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 592 Switch..................................................... 180 Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 166 Index Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)..................................................... 524 Indicator ........................................... 88, 657 Tire Fill Assist .................................. 524, 657 Tire Repair Kit .......................................... 634 Tires .......................................................... 602 Air Pressure..................................... 603, 673 Checking and Maintaining ...................... 602 Inspection ............................................... 602 Labeling.................................................. 603 Puncture (Flat Tire) .......................... 627, 634 Regulations............................................. 605 Rotation.................................................. 609 Spare Tire ....................................... 627, 673 Summer.................................................. 610 Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 635 Tire Chains.............................................. 610 Tire Repair Kit ......................................... 634 Wear Indicators....................................... 607 Winter .................................................... 610 Tools ......................................................... 626 Towing a Trailer....................................... 452 Equipment and Accessories..................... 456 Load Limits ............................................. 452 Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 462 Emergency.............................................. 666 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System).................................................... 524 Indicator ........................................... 88, 657 Trailer Stability Assist............................... 460 金曜日 695 18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 696 ページ 2018年3月23日 Windshield ................................................ 180 Cleaning.................................................. 621 Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 225 Washer Fluid............................................ 592 Wiper Blades ........................................... 598 Wipers and Washers ................................ 180 Winter Tires............................................... 610 Snow Tires............................................... 610 Tire Chains .............................................. 610 Wipers and Washers ................................. 180 Automatic Intermittent Wipers................. 181 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 598 Front ....................................................... 180 Rear......................................................... 182 Wireless Headphones ............................... 335 WMA ................................................. 268, 293 Worn Tires................................................. 602 Index 696 金曜日 午後7時53分 31TZ5641 OM-08755 00X31-TZ5-6410 owners.acura.com 2018 Acura MDX Owner’s Manual ©2018 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved Printed in U.S.A.
advertisement